高考英语15天快速提分班-讲义

高考英语15天快速提分班-讲义

第一讲“三长两短一并列”，搞定英语长难句 3‎ 第二讲 句子的心脏：谓语动词 7‎ 第三讲 句子的骨架：主干句型 21‎ 第四讲 添乱的“介词短语” 34‎ 第五讲 华丽的“三大从句” 44‎ 第六讲 高贵的非谓语动词 54‎ 第七讲 段落的秘密 57‎ 第八讲、阅读理解核心笔记与高频词汇 63‎ 第九讲、完形填空重点词汇及短语 73‎ 第十讲、书面表达高分理论 101‎ 第十一讲、书面表达遣词造句法 132‎ 第十二讲、提纲记叙文 142‎ 第十三讲、高考英语书面表达高分攻略之——书信的秘密 145‎ 第十四讲、高考英语书面表达高分攻略之——看图记叙文的秘密 153‎ 第十五讲、看图议论文全解析 167‎ 第十六讲 书面表达真题解析-新课标卷 172‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ 第一讲“三长两短一并列”，搞定英语长难句 ‎ 长难句可谓英语文章中让人头疼的大麻烦。那么，有没有一种简便的方法能让我们迅速破解长难句呢？当然有。下面，李辉老师就通过分析英语句子中的重要特点——“三长两短一并列”来教你一套简单而神奇的方法，即“组件分析三步法”，帮你快速理清英语句子结构，轻松破解英语长难句。下文的讲解虽看似繁琐，但只要你耐心读下去，必会受益无穷！‎ 什么是“三长两短一并列”‎ 我们先来看两句话：① 我是李辉。(I am Li Hui.) ② 我爱你。(I love you. ) 这两句话中只有“主干成分”而没有“修饰成分”。像这样的句子，中文和英文的“语序”(单词排列顺序)基本是一致的，都是“主—系—表”或者“主—谓—宾”，理解起来非常容易。然而，在加上修饰成分后，中文与英文句子之间的语序就会发生变化。来看两个例子：① 我是新东方的李辉。(I am Li Hui from New Oriental School.) ② 我全心全意地爱你。(I love you with all my heart.) 从例子中可以看出，修饰成分在中英文中出现的位置是不一样的。而当一个句子中有很多个修饰成分时，该句子就会变得很长，不易理解。例如：After chatting with Laura on this matter for two hours from 2:00 to 4:00 in the afternoon, I returned to my office. 我们给这个句子中的全部介词短语加上括号，该句就会变成：(After chatting) (with Laura) (on this matter) (for two hours) (from 2:00) (to 4:00) (in the afternoon), I returned (to my office). 此时大家便可发现，这个句子虽然很长，但是真正的主干其实只有I returned两个单词而已。可见，介词短语正是让英语句子变得又长又难的原因之一！‎ ‎ 当然，由于以上几个句子还比较简单，这些介词短语对句意理解的影响不大。但是，当句子中加上更多类似介词短语的修饰成分时，可想而知，由于中英文语序的不同，英文句子会变得“面目全非”，令人难以理解。由此看来，英语中灵活多变的修饰成分正是造成英语句子又长又难的头号罪犯，而只要搞定这些修饰部分，就能搞定英语长难句。‎ 幸运的是，尽管这些修饰成分数量可以很多、位置也不好把握，但是，它们的种类却是非常固定的。笔者将这些修饰成分总结为“三长两短”。所谓“三长”，就是构成长难句的三种较长修饰成分(即介词短语、从句、非谓语动词短语)；所谓“两短”，指的是镶嵌于句子之中的、会稍稍提高句子复杂度的两种较短修饰成分(即形容词、副词)。而除了“三长两短”之外，另外一个使句子变得复杂的结构就是“平行并列结构”。“平行并列结构”是由一些并列关系的连词(and、or、as well as等)将句子变长的重要手段。再长的句子都是由原本非常简单的主干成分(主干成分的基本语序和中文语序一致，此外还有若干与中文语序不一致的“特殊句型”，如there be句型、It is adj. for sb. to do句型、倒装句型、强调句型等等)再加上这“三长两短一并列”而组成的。‎ 给 “三长两短一并列”做标记 如果把句子的主干比作树干，那么修饰成分就可以比作繁茂的枝叶。若能把这些枝叶(也就是“三长两短”和并列成分)都标记出来，主干自然就清晰了。标记时，只需按照句子顺序，一个挨一个做出标记即可。不过在此之前，我们要先学会每一种成分该从何处标起，又从何处结束。下面笔者分别对 “三长两短一并列”进行具体介绍，并给出的每一种成分的标记方法。(注意，不同成分应该用不同的标记，如可以给“三长”加括号，给“并列词”加方框，给“并列项”加下划线。)‎ ‎1. “三长”‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎(1) 介词短语 ‎【定义】从介词开始到名词结束、表达一个独立的完整的含义的结构。‎ ‎【起止标识】标记介词短语时，要从介词开始到介词之后的第一个名词终止。如：at home、in the school、in the beautiful park、during my happy childhood、over the last few years、for three weeks、to the destination ‎【例句】 (After chatting) (with Laura) (on this matter) (for two hours) (from 2:00 to 4:00) (in the afternoon), I returned (to my office).‎ ‎(2) 从句 ‎【定义】从句是复合句中不能独立成句，但具有主语部分和谓语部分，由that、who、whom、when、why、where、how、which、if、although等关系词引导的非主句部分。‎ ‎【起止标识】标记从句时，一定从关系词开始，到以下四种终止。‎ ‎① 到句尾终止，如：Li Hui is a teacher (who teaches English).‎ ‎② 到句中的逗号终止，如：(When I was young), I listened to the radio.‎ ‎③ 到下一个修饰成分终止，如：I will invite Yao Ming (who was a top basketball player) to Beijing. (to Beijing是介词短语，属于另一个修饰成分，故从句的标记在此处终止)‎ ‎④ 到下一个谓语动词终止，如Yao Ming (who was a top basketball player) is studying in Shanghai. ‎ ‎(3) 非谓语动词短语 ‎【定义】非谓语动词是指动词在句子中“不是谓语”时的几种变化形式，主要包括动词不定式、动名词和分词(现在分词和过去分词)三类。非谓语动词不能独立作谓语，而是充当句子的其他成分。由非谓语动词开头的、表示一个独立、完整的含义的结构叫做非谓语动词短语。‎ ‎【起止标识】标记非谓语动词短语时，一定是从动词不定式(to do)、动名词(doing)或分词(现在分词doing或过去分词done)开头，到以下四种情况终止。‎ ‎① 到句尾终止，如：Li Hui is a teacher (teaching English).‎ ‎② 到句中的逗号终止，如：(To improve my English), I often listen to the English radio.‎ ‎③ 到下一个修饰成分终止，如：Jack walked into the hall, (waving) to the audience. (to the audience是介词短语，属于另一修饰成分。) ‎ ‎④ 到下一个谓语动词终止，如：We, (singing a happy song), rode to school.‎ ‎2. “两短”‎ ‎(1) 形容词 ‎【定义】形容词是指用来修饰名词的单词，往往带有-ous、-y、-ful、-able等后缀。‎ ‎【常见位置】‎ ‎① 一般置于名词之前，如a beautiful park。‎ ‎② 修饰不定代词(something、anything、nothing、somebody、anybody、nobody)时置于不定代词之后，如“一些有趣的事”应译为something interesting。‎ ‎(2) 副词 ‎【定义】副词用来修饰形容词、动词等词，往往带有-ly等后缀。‎ ‎【常见位置】英语中，副词的用法比形容词灵活得多。‎ ‎① 可置于整句之前，如：Unfortunately, he failed to make it.‎ ‎② 可置于整句之后，如：The teacher greets his students individually.‎ ‎③ 可置于“助动词、系动词、情态动词之后，实义动词之前”，如：‎ The princess looks extremely beautiful today. (系动词之后)‎ He immediately saw the black cat. (实义动词之前)‎ He has undoubtedly fallen in love with the princess. (助动词之后，实义动词之前)‎ He can hardly speak anything. (情态动词之后，实义动词之前)‎ ‎④ 可置于形容词或副词之前，如：There is an extremely beautiful garden in our campus.‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ 从上面的分析可以看出，虽然英文中形容词和副词的在句中的位置和中文略有不同，但一般情况下，它们较短且易于辨识，对句意理解影响不大，因此在给修饰成分做标记时，形容词和副词可不标记。‎ ‎3. 平行并列结构 ‎【定义】并行并列结构是指由并列词将两个或两个以上含义相似、结构相同的并列项连接起来构成的结构。‎ ‎【标记方法】给平行并列结构做标记的要求是：给并列词加方框，给并列项加下划线。标记时要先找到并列词，然后再找并列项。在标注形如A and B的平行并列结构时，应先找B (即右并列项)后找A (即左并列项)。由于英语中的修饰成分往往置于中心词之后，所以A和B两个并列项后面可能各自带有很长的尾巴，形成“A … and B …”的形式，导致A离and相对较远，不易辨认，而B通常离and很近，容易识别。找到B之后，利用A和B结构相同、含义相似的原则，很容易将A确定出来。‎ ‎【常见并列关系】‎ ‎ 英语中可以并列的成分有很多，读句子时要注意识别到底是谁跟谁并列。‎ ‎① 名词并列：I like the box placed on the desk and the flowers in your hand.‎ ‎② 形容词并列：Mr. Smith is a kind, patient and knowledgeable English teacher.‎ ‎③ 副词并列：You are supposed to answer the following questions quickly and accurately. ‎ ‎④ 谓语动词并列：With the Internet, people can not only play computer games but also do online shopping.‎ ‎⑤ 介词短语并列：And that government of the people, by the people and for the people shall not perish from the earth. ‎ ‎⑥ 从句并列： I’ve finished reading the book (which is written by Mo Yan) and (which you lent me last month).‎ ‎⑦ 非谓语动词并列：Singing and laughing, we headed to the park.‎ ‎⑧ 整句并列：The children can go with us or they can stay at home.‎ 三步搞定长难句 ‎ 根据以上分析，英语句子是由“主干部分+三长两短一并列”组成的。我们可把这个“三长两短一并列”称为构成英语句子的“组件”。想要快速读懂一个句子，就要快速识别并准确译出每一个组件，再按照一定的逻辑将一个个组件连接起来。这就是“组件分析三步法”。‎ Step 1: 做标记 ‎ 做标记时应按照上文中的方法，给“三长”加括号，给并列词加方框，给并列项划下划线。‎ ‎ 【例句】Li Hui is a teacher teaching English in Beijing which is the capital of China.‎ ‎ 这个句子做完标记后为：Li Hui is a teacher (teaching English) (in Beijing) (which is the capital) (of China). 可以看出，做完标记后的句子层次变得清晰了很多，很容易就能看出该句子是由一个主系表结构的主干加上四个修饰成分组成的。原句直译起来稍显复杂，但是加上括号之后，每一小节都能轻松看懂。不过在标记时要注意：一旦出现下一修饰成分，就应果断将上一修饰成分结束掉，而不要管上一修饰成分本身结束了没有，即允许括号连括号，尽量避免括号套括号。由于英语中的修饰成分实际上存在很多“嵌套”现象，如果把每个修饰成分的嵌套关系都用括号理清楚，会显得非常麻烦，无法使句子显得简单。如上文中的例句，如果我们关注其中修饰成分的嵌套关系，则需要将其处理为：Li Hui is a teacher {teaching English (in Beijing) [which is the capital (of China)]}. 这样处理会导致句中出现很多“括号套括号”的现象，显得非常乱。而用括号连括号的标记法则使句子结构更为清晰。‎ Step 2: 做直译 ‎ 经过Step 1的标记之后，句中的修饰成分都被我们用括号标注了出来，而不带括号的主干成分自然浮现在我们眼前，整个句子变成了“一小节一小节”的形式，而每一小节都很容易直接翻译出来。我们在翻译句子时，可利用“提问和回答”的方式将一个个的括号连接起来。如上面的例句：Li Hui is a teacher (teaching English) (in Beijing) (which is the capital) (of China).‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ 翻译时可先处理为：李辉是个老师。教什么的？教英语。在哪儿教？在北京。哪个北京？是那个首都。谁的首都？中国的首都。这样整个句子的意思就一目了然了。‎ Step 3: 调语序 ‎ 我们将Step 2中得到的“译文”再按照中文表达习惯进行一些调整，最终得到了一句地道的中文译文：“李辉是个在中国的首都北京教英语的老师。”或者“李辉是个老师，在中国的首都北京教英语。”事实上，由于大部分省市的高考都不考“英译中”，所以我们一般不必进行Step 3的操作，因为前两个步骤已经能够帮助我们准确理解英语句子了。‎ 真题演练 ‎ 由于所举例子比较简单，所以上文中的Step 2看起来或许有些多此一举。其实不然。现在我们来用一些高考题中出现过的长难句来试验上述方法，你会发现理解长难句竟变得如此轻而易举！‎ ‎【真题1】 The Department of Agriculture has programs aimed at developing more farmers and at increasing interest in locally grown food. (19词，来自2012年江苏卷阅读理解B篇)‎ Step1: 做标记 ‎ The Department (of Agriculture) has programs (aimed) (at developing more farmers) and (at increasing interest) (in locally grown food).‎ ‎ 实际操作过程如下：‎ ‎ 括号1：看到of，说明是介词短语，该介词短语到名词Agriculture结束。‎ ‎ 括号2：由于has是谓语动词形式，所以可判定句中第二个出现的动词aimed应为非谓语动词；由于该词后面紧接着出现了介词at，按照“一旦出现下一修饰成分，就果断将上一修饰成分结束掉”的原则，我们将aimed用括号单独括起来。‎ ‎ 括号3：看到at，说明是介词短语，该介词短语到名词farmers结束。‎ ‎ 方框1：and是并列词，该并列词的后面紧接着是由at引导的介词短语，为右并列项，因此左并列项应该同为at引导的介词短语at developing more framers。‎ ‎ 括号4：看到in，说明是介词短语，该介词短语到名词food结束。‎ ‎ 标记结束后，主干已经非常清晰了，即The Department has programs。‎ ‎ Step2: 做直译 ‎ 要理解这句话的意思，光知道主干还不够，其他部分代表了关键的细节信息，需要对句子大致进行翻译。根据“组件分析三步法”中所讲解的，要按照句子语序，对被标记后句子的每一小节挨个进行翻译，翻译时利用每小节的头一个单词进行提问和回答。The Department：这个部门；of Agriculture：什么的部门？农业的部门；has programs：有什么？有计划；aimed：针对什么的计划？针对……；at developing more farmers：针对发展更多的农民；and：以及什么？at increasing interest：针对提高利润；in locally grown food：哪方面的利润？本土出产的食物的利润。根据提问和回答后，我们大概理解了这句话的意思：农业部有针对发展更多农民和提高本土出产食物的利润的计划。‎ ‎ Step3: 调语序 ‎ 将句子语序调整后，得到更地道的译文：农业部已经制定了相关计划，以培养更多农民和提高本土出产的食物的利润。‎ ‎ 【真题2】‎ ‎ If you started to dry clothes in the morning and forgot to take them out, you can go to your phone and restart your dryer for the time when come home, so your clothes are refreshed and ready to go. (41词，来自2012年山东卷阅读理解D篇)‎ ‎ Step1: 做标记 ‎ (If you started) (to dry clothes) (in the morning) and forgot (to take them out), you can go (to your phone) and restart your dryer (for the time) (when come home), (so your clothes are refreshed and ready) (to go).‎ 具体标记过程如下：‎ 括号1：If引导了条件状语从句，从if开始做标记。‎ 括号2：to dry clothes是非谓语中的不定式，故在to之前结束上一修饰成分。‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ 括号3：in引导介词短语，故结束上一修饰成分。该介词短语标记到名词morning结束。‎ 方框1：and为并列连词，紧跟其后的forgot是其右并列项，向前寻找结构相似的左并列项，发现是started。‎ 括号4：看见to，发现to your phone为非谓语中的不定式，标记到名词phone结束。‎ 方框2：and为并列连词。紧跟其后的restart是其右并列项，向前寻找结构相似的左并列项，发现是go。此处为谓语动词并列。‎ 括号5：for the time为介词短语，标记到名词time结束。‎ 括号6：when come home为定语从句，标记到逗号结束。‎ 括号7：so引导结果状语从句。‎ 括号8：to go为不定式。‎ ‎ Step2: 做直译 ‎ 参照被标记后的句子，按照句子语序一小节一小节进行提问和回答。If you started：如果什么？如果你开始；to dry clothes：去做什么？烘干衣服；in the morning：在什么时候？在早上；and：而且什么？forgot：而且忘了；to take them out：忘了做什么？把它们拿出来；you can go：你可以去；to your phone：去做什么？去(使用)你的电话；and；并做什么？restart your dryer：并重启你的烘干机；for the time：为了什么？为了这个时间； when come home：当什么时候？当回家的时候；so your clothes are refreshed and ready 这样就怎么了？这样你的衣服就被重新烘干并且准备好了；to go：准备好去做什么？去走(即已经准备好“出炉”了)。‎ ‎ Step3: 调语序 ‎ 将译文调整之后为：如果你早上开始烘干衣服并忘了把它们拿出来，那么你可以用手机重新启动烘干机，这样在你回到家的时候，衣服已经重新烘干并可以取出来了。‎ ‎ ‎ 以上讲解为大家演示了“组件分析三步法”的具体操作过程。“三长两短一并列”揭示了英语句子的组成规律，而“组件分析三步法”给出了快速破解长难句的重要方法。在教学实践中，中等水平的同学经过5~10篇高考阅读理解文章的训练，可以在1分钟内准确标注一篇文章(仅进行Step 1的标注训练，不要求理解)，用4~5分钟读懂一篇文章(Step 1 + Step 2)。遗憾的是，由于书面文字所限，无法像上课那样更为直观、生动地向大家展现这一操作过程。希望大家反复研读本文的讲解和例句，勇于实践，熟能生巧，迅速掌握这一方法，突破英语学习瓶颈。‎ 第二讲 句子的心脏：谓语动词 谓语动词=助动词+实义动词 ‎ I will go to Beijing.‎ I have had my lunch.‎ I have been informed the news.‎ I must work hard.‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ I love you.‎ He loves you.‎ Does he love you?‎ loves= does + love love = do + love I do love you.‎ I did love you.‎ 谓语动词= “助动词” + “实义动词” ‎ ‎ （时态、被动、虚拟、情态*） （意思） ‎ ‎ do类：do does did ‎ will类：will would (would=will+did) ‎ ‎ have类：have has had ‎ be类：am is are was were ‎ 助动词就是帮助谓语动词“变态”的词！‎ ‎1、正是在这些助动词的帮助下，一个谓语动词才能变出不同的形态，以表达时态、被动、虚拟、情态等含义。 ‎ ‎2、所以，时态、被动、虚拟、情态也可以叫做：四大“变态”含义； ‎ 英语是一门“变态”的语言！ ‎ 谓语动词的四大“变态”含义： ‎ ‎【时态】动词随“时间”（现在、过去、将来、过 去将来）、“状态” （一般、进行、完成、完成进行）的改变而发生的变态。 ‎ ‎【被动】表现“被动”含义的动词变态。 ‎ ‎【虚拟】“白纸黑字说假话”时的动词变态。 ‎ ‎【情态】表现各种“情感色彩”（如推测、命令、请求）的动词变态。{情态助动词}‎ 助动词的分类、含义、用法 ‎ 一、do类助动词：‎ ‎【成员】 do， does， did ‎ ‎【含义】 ‎ ‎ 表示“一般”“现在”“过去”等含义； ‎ ‎ 此外，did还用来表示“虚拟”含义。 ‎ ‎【用法】 ‎ do类助动词在陈述句中，往往和“实义动词”捏到一起，表示相应的时态含义 二、will类助动词：‎ ‎【成员】 ‎ ‎ will ， would ‎ ‎【含义】 ‎ ‎ 表示各种“将来” ‎ ‎【用法】‎ ‎ will类助动词后面紧跟的词要写成“原型”形式 三、have类助动词：‎ ‎【成员】 ‎ ‎ have ， has， had ‎ ‎【含义】 ‎ ‎ 表示各种“完成” ‎ ‎【用法】‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ have 类助动词后面紧跟的词要写成“过去分词”形式。‎ 三、be类助动词：‎ ‎【成员】 ‎ ‎ am , is , are , was， were ‎ ‎【含义&用法】 ‎ ‎ 后面接“doing”，表示“进行” ‎ ‎ I am teaching English. ‎ ‎ 后面接“done”，表示“被动” ‎ ‎ I was moved by the story. ‎ ‎【小结】‎ 一、do类 ：现在、过去、虚拟 ‎ 二、will类： 将来 ‎ 三、have类：完成 ‎ 四、be类 ： 进行、被动 ‎ 请写出employ这个词的“过去将来完成进行时的被动语态的否定形式”： ‎ ‎ 过去 将来 完成 进行 被动 + 实义动词 ‎ ‎= did will have be be + employ ‎= would have been being+ employed ‎【例句】‎ ‎“我告诉过他，到今年年底为止，我已经被新东方雇佣了6年了” ‎ ‎ I told him that I would not have been being employed by New Oriental School for 6 years until the end of this year.‎ 考点1：“时态”+“被动” ‎ 一、可以一句话解决的时态题 ‎ 一般现在时：“经常…”/“真的…”/“老做某事” ‎ ‎ （强调“永恒性”、”真实性”和“反复性”） ‎ 一般过去时：“当时…” ‎ ‎ （强调该动作 “当时的时间、地点、人物、方式”)‎ 现在完成时：“已经…” ‎ ‎ （不强调动作本身，只强调结果或影响） ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎【例1】Every few years, the coal workers______ their lungs X-rayed to ensure their health.‎ A. are having B. have 强调“永恒性”或“反复性” ‎ C. have had D. had had ‎ ‎ 主 谓 宾 补 ‎ 句型：“A have/make + B + doing/done/adj” ‎ ‎ （A 使 B 如何如何… ） ‎ ‎【例2】（2011安徽） ‎ ‎- I didn't ask for the name list. Why ________on my desk? ‎ ‎- I put it there just now in case you needed it. ‎ A. does it land ‎ B. has it landed ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ C. will it land ‎ D. had it landed ‎ ‎【例3】Walmart, which is one of the largest American supermarket chains, ________ some of its store open 24 hours on Mondays through Saturdays. （2012安徽） ‎ A. keeps B. keep ‎ C. have kept D. had kept ‎ 主 谓 宾 补 ‎ 句型：“A keep + B + doing/done/adj” ‎ ‎ （A 保持 B 如何如何… ） ‎ ‎【例4】 （2008北京） ‎ ‎- Have you read a book called Waiting for Anya? ‎ ‎- Who ________ it? ‎ A. writes ‎ B. has written ‎ C. wrote 强调“当时写书的人” ‎ D. had written ‎【例5】（2009北京3） Scientists have many theories about how the universe ________ into being. ‎ A. came ‎ B. was coming ‎ C. had come ‎ D. would come ‎【例6】 （2009北京7）The way the guests ________ in the hotel influenced their evaluation of the service. ‎ A. treated ‎ B. were treated ‎ C. would treat ‎ D. would be treated ‎ ‎【例7】 （2007福建10）Danny ________ hard for long to realize his dream and now he is popular. ‎ A. works ‎ B. is working ‎ C. has worked ‎ D. worked ‎【例8】（2008福建5）So far this year we ________ a fall in house prices by between 5 and 10 percent. ‎ A. saw ‎ B. see C. had seen ‎ D. have seen ‎ ‎【例9】（2009福建11）According to the literary review, Shakespeare ________ his characters live through their language in his plays. ‎ A. will make ‎ B. had made ‎ C. was making ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ D. makes ‎【例10】I like these English songs and they ________many times on the radio. ‎ A. taught ‎ B. have taught ‎ C. are taught ‎ D. have been taught ‎ 一、可以一句话解决的时态题 ‎ 过去完成时：发生在一个一般过去时动作之前的动作 ‎ ‎ （找“参照物”） ‎ 过去将来时：“对过去某一时间点来说，是将来” ‎ ‎ （找“参照物”） ‎ ‎【例1】It took me a long time before I was able to fully appreciate what they ____ for me.(10北京)‎ A. had done.‎ B. did ‎ C. would do ‎ D. were doing ‎ ‎【例2】‎ ‎-Were you surprised by the ending of the film? ‎ ‎-No , I________ the book ,so I already knew the story. ‎ A. was reading ‎ B. had read ‎ C. am reading ‎ D. have read ‎ ‎【例3】 They became friends again that day. Until then, they _______ to each other for nearly two years. （07安徽） ‎ A. didn't speak ‎ B. hadn't spoken ‎ C. haven't spoken ‎ D. haven't been speaking ‎ ‎【例4】（2010湖南11）I walked slowly through the market, where people ________ all kinds of fruits and vegetables. I studied the prices carefully and bought what I needed. ‎ A. sell ‎ B. were selling ‎ C. had sold ‎ D. have sold ‎ ‎【例5】（2011湖南7）In 1492, Columbus ________ on one of the Bahama Islands, but get mistook it for an island off India. ‎ A. lands ‎ B. landed ‎ C. has landed ‎ D. had landed ‎ ‎【例6】（2007江苏3）At the end of the meeting, it was announced that an agreement________. ‎ A. has been reached ‎ B. had been reached ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ C. has reached ‎ D. had reached ‎【例7】（2011上海10）Did you predict that many students ________ up for the dance competition? ‎ A. would sign ‎ B. signed ‎ C. have signed ‎ D. had signed ‎ ‎【例8】（2008四川7）The telephone _______, but by the time I got indoors, it stopped. ‎ A. had rung ‎ B. was ringing ‎ C. rings ‎ D. has rung ‎ ‎【例9】（2008浙江5）I don't believe you've already finished reading the book — I _______it to you this morning! ‎ A. would lend ‎ B. was lending ‎ C. had lent ‎ D. lent ‎ ‎【例10】 （2007北京12）I got caught in the rain and my suit ________. ‎ A. has ruined ‎ B. had ruined ‎ C. has been ruined ‎ D. had been ruined ‎ ‎【例11】 （2011北京21）Experiments of this kind ______ in both the U.S. and Europe well before the Second World War.‎ A. have conducted ‎ B. have been conducted ‎ C. had conducted ‎ D. had been conducted ‎ ‎【例12】（2011天津4）On the next birthday. Ann ________ married for twenty years. ‎ A. is ‎ B. has been ‎ C. will be ‎ D. will have been ‎ ‎【例13】 （2011江苏3）- Tommy is planning to buy a car. - I know. By next month, he________ enough for a used one. ‎ A. saves ‎ B. saved ‎ C. will save ‎ D. will have saved ‎ 二、其它时态 ‎ 各种进行时： ‎ ‎1、强调各时间点上动作的“正在”、“未完成” ‎ ‎2、表达强烈情感 （”总是”）； ‎ 现在完成进行时：一个动作到现在为止“进行了一段时间”或“已经做了一段时间而且还在做”。 ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ 过去完成进行时：一个动作到过去某一时间点为止“进行了一段时间”或“已经做了一段时间而且还在做”。 ‎ ‎【例1】我已经学英语4年了。‎ ‎（现在 + 完成 + 进行）+ 实义动词 ‎ = （do + have + be）+ learn ‎ ‎ = have been learning ‎ ‎【解答】 ‎ I have been learning English for 4 years.‎ ‎【例2】（2012湖南35）All the scientific evidence ________ that increasing use of chemicals in farming ________ damaging our health. ‎ A. show；are ‎ B. shows；are ‎ C. show；is ‎ D. shows；is ‎ ‎【例3】 （2008江苏13）-I'm sure Adrew will win the first prize in the final. -I think so. He ________ for it for months. ‎ A. is preparing ‎ B. was preparing ‎ C. had been preparing ‎ D. has been preparing ‎ ‎【例4】 （2009江苏5）- Hi, Terry, can I use your computer for a while this afternoon? - Sorry. ________. ‎ A. It's repaired ‎ B. It has been repaired ‎ C. It's being repaired ‎ D. It had been repaired ‎ ‎【例5】（2007江西11）-I have got a headache. -No wonder. You ________in front of that computer too long. ‎ A. work ‎ B. are working ‎ C. have been working ‎ D. worked ‎ ‎【例6】 （2008辽宁9） ‎ ‎- Have you got any job offers? ‎ ‎-No. I ________. ‎ A. waited ‎ B. had been waiting ‎ C. have waited ‎ D. am waiting ‎ ‎【例7】（2007全国II10） ‎ ‎- Is there anything wrong. Bob? You look sad. ‎ ‎- Oh, nothing much. In fact, I ________ of my friends back home. ‎ A. have just thought ‎ B. was just thinking ‎ C. would just think ‎ D. will just be thinking ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎【例8】 （2012陕西14）-Can I call you back at two o'clock this afternoon? -I'm sorry，but by then I ________ to Beijing. How about five? ‎ A. fly ‎ B. will fly ‎ C. will be flying ‎ D. am flying ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎【例9】（2009上海12）During the period of recent terrorist activities, people ________ not to touch any unattended bag. ‎ A. had always been warned ‎ B. were always being warned ‎ C. are always warning ‎ D. always warned ‎ ‎【例10】（2009安徽3）Daniel's family ________ their holiday in Huangshan this time next week. ‎ A. are enjoying ‎ B. are to enjoy ‎ C. will enjoy ‎ D. will be enjoying ‎ ‎【例11】 （2010福建11）- Guess what, we've got our visas for a short-term visit to the UK this summer. ‎ ‎- How nice! You ________ a different culture then. ‎ A. will be experiencing ‎ B. have experienced ‎ C. have been experiencing ‎ D. will have experienced ‎ ‎【例12】（2012辽宁）I feel so excited！At this time tomorrow morning I ______ to Shanghai. ‎ A. will be flying ‎ B. will fly ‎ C. have been flying ‎ D. have flown ‎ 二、其它时态 ‎ 一般将来时： ‎ ‎1、be going to do 强调主观计划准备做某事 ‎ ‎2、will do 某事会发生 ‎ ‎3、be to do/be about to do立刻、马上 ‎ ‎4、祈使句+ and + you will … ‎ ‎ （这样…/那么…） ‎ ‎5、祈使句+ or + you will … ‎ ‎ （否则…） ‎ ‎【例1】你会被他的热情震撼到。‎ ‎ （将来 + 被动）+ 实义动词 ‎= （will + be）+ shock ‎ ‎= will be shocked ‎ ‎【解答】‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ You will be shocked by his passion. ‎ ‎【例2】（2009江苏2）- Ann is in hospital. - Oh, really? I ________ know. I________ go and visit her. ‎ A. didn't; am going to ‎ B. don't; would ‎ C. don't; will ‎ D. didn't; will ‎ ‎【例3】（2007江西15）-Ouch! You hurt me! -I am sorry. But I ________any harm. I ________to drive a rat out. ‎ A. didn't mean; tried ‎ B. don't mean; am trying ‎ C. haven't meant; tried ‎ D. didn't mean; was trying ‎ ‎【例4】（2011安徽6）- What do you think of store shopping in the future? ‎ ‎- Personally, I think it will exist along with home shopping but ________. ‎ A. will never replace ‎ B. would never replace ‎ C. will never be replaced ‎ D. would never be replaced ‎ ‎【例5】 （2007北京4）- How can I apply for an online course? - Just fill out this form and we ________ what we can do for you. ‎ A. see ‎ B. are seeing ‎ C. have seen ‎ D. will see ‎ ‎【例6】 （2012北京22）By the time you have finished this book, your meal ______ cold. ‎ A. gets ‎ B. has got ‎ C. will get ‎ D. is getting ‎ ‎【例7】 （2012湖南25）Close the door of fear behind you, and you ________ the door of faith open before you. ‎ A. saw ‎ B. have seen C. will see ‎ D. are seeing ‎ ‎【例8】（2009陕西2）Dr. Smith, together with his wife and daughters, ________visit Beijing this summer. ‎ A. is going to ‎ B. are going to ‎ C. was going to ‎ D. were going to ‎ ‎【例9】（2009四川17）The teacher together with the students ________ discussing Reading Skills that ________newly published in America. ‎ A. are; were ‎ B. is; were ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ C. are; was ‎ D. is; was ‎ 二、其它时态 ‎ 一般将来时： ‎ ‎6、“时间表”用一般现在时表将来 ‎ ‎ (车、船、飞机、上课、开始营业…) ‎ ‎7、“位移动词”用现在进行时表将来 ‎ ‎ come; go; leave; arrive; begin; start; die ‎8、“时间从句、条件从句”的——‎ ‎ “主将从现”/“主情从现”/“主祈从现” ‎ ‎【例1】 （2008北京9）No decision ________ about any future appointment until all the candidates have been interviewed. ‎ A. will be made ‎ B. is made ‎ C. is being made ‎ D. has been made ‎ ‎【例2】（2008湖南15）- Do you have any problems if you ________ this job? - Well, I'm thinking about the salary… ‎ A. offer B. will offer ‎ C. are offered ‎ D. will be offered ‎ ‎【例3】（2011湖南14）In the near future, more advances in the robot technology ________ by scientists. ‎ A. are making ‎ B. are made ‎ C. will make ‎ D. will be made ‎ ‎【例4】 （2012湖南22）Don't worry. The hard work that you do now ________ later in life. ‎ A. will be repaid ‎ B. was being repaid ‎ C. has been repaid ‎ D. was repaid ‎ ‎【例5】 （2012湖南27）“The moment ________ soon,” he thought to himself, waiting nervously. ‎ A. came ‎ B. has come ‎ C. was coming ‎ D. is coming ‎ ‎【例6】 （2011辽宁8）I'll go to the library as soon as I finish what I_________. ‎ A. was doing ‎ B. am doing ‎ C. have done ‎ D. had been doing ‎ ‎【例7】（2008全国II9）If their marketing plans succeed, they ________ their sales by 20 ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ percent. ‎ A. will increase ‎ B. have been increasing ‎ C. have increased ‎ D. would be increasing ‎ ‎【例8】（2011全国II）If you don't like the drink you ______, just leave it and try a different one. ‎ A. ordered ‎ B. are ordering ‎ C. will order ‎ D. had ordered ‎ 考点2：“时态”+“虚拟” ‎ ‎【例1】我希望我是一只鸟 ‎ ‎“I wish I am a bird.”‎ am + did = were ‎【解答】‎ I wish I were a bird.‎ ‎【总结】“一般现在时的虚拟”‎ ‎【例2】我要是早看过这篇文章就好了。‎ ‎ （过去 + 虚拟） + 实义动词 ‎=（did + did）+ read ‎ ‎= had read ‎ ‎【解答】‎ If only I had read this article before!‎ ‎【总结】“一般过去时”的虚拟 ‎【例3】我希望我将来能登上月球。‎ ‎ （将来+ 虚拟） + 实义动词 ‎=（will + did）+ go ‎ ‎= would go ‎ ‎【解答】‎ I wish I would go to the moon.‎ ‎【总结】“一般将来时”的虚拟 ‎【虚拟语气十大常见考点】‎ ‎1、But for + sth ，+主语 + 谓语虚拟 ‎ ‎ （要不是…） ‎ ‎2、Without + sth, + 主语 + 谓语虚拟 ‎ ‎ （要是没有…） ‎ ‎3、If only + 主语 + 谓语虚拟 ‎ ‎ （要是…就好了！） ‎ ‎4、Would you mind + 主语 + 谓语虚拟 ‎ ‎ （您介不介意某人做某事？） ‎ ‎【虚拟语气十大常见考点】‎ ‎5、主句 + as if/as though + 主语 + 谓语虚拟 ‎ ‎ （就好像某人做了/要做某事） ‎ ‎6、主语A would rather + 主语B + 谓语虚拟 ‎ ‎ （宁愿、真希望…） ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎7、It’s high time that sb did/should do sth. ‎ ‎ （到了某人做某事的时间了） ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎8、It is necessary that sb (should) do sth.‎ ‎9、It is + strange/surprising that sb should do sth. (竟然)‎ ‎10、主语A + 坚持/命令/建议/要求 + (that) +‎ ‎ 主语B + should do sth.‎ 一坚持：insist ‎ 二命令：order command （recommend 建议） ‎ 三建议： advise propose suggest 四要求：demand require request ask ‎【例1】 （2009安徽14）But for their help，we ________the program in time. ‎ A. can't finish ‎ B. will not finish ‎ C. had not finished ‎ D. could not have finished ‎ ‎【例2】 （2012北京35）Don't handle the vase as if it ______ made of steel. ‎ A. is ‎ B. were ‎ C. has been ‎ D. had been  ‎ ‎【例3】 （2009福建15）But for the help of my English teacher, I________ the first prize in the English Writing Competition. ‎ A. would not win ‎ B. would not have won ‎ C. would win ‎ D. would have won ‎ ‎【例4】（2010福建9）Teachers recommend parents ________ their children under 12 to ride bicycles to school for safety. ‎ A. not allow ‎ B. do not allow ‎ C. mustn't allow ‎ D. couldn't allow ‎ ‎【例5】 （2012福建31）We lost our way in that small village, otherwise we ________ more places of interest yesterday. ‎ A. visited ‎ B. had visited ‎ C. would visit ‎ D. would have visited ‎ ‎【例6】 （2011江西8）We ________John's name on the race list yesterday but for his recent injury. ‎ A. will put ‎ B. will have put ‎ C. would put ‎ D. would have put ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎【例7】（2011福建14）- Play you missed the lecture on nuclear pollution. - I ________ it, but I was busy preparing for a job interview. ‎ A. attended ‎ B. had attended ‎ C. would attend ‎ D. would have attended ‎ ‎【例8】（2011天津15）I ________sooner but I didn't know that they were waiting for me. ‎ A. had come ‎ B. was coming ‎ C. would come ‎ D. would have come 本来会做某事 ‎ ‎“虚拟语气”最常见考点：虚拟主从句 ‎ ‎ 虚拟主句+虚拟从句 ‎ ‎ 加did ‎ ‎ 真实主句+真实从句 § 真实从句中 过去：did 现在：do 将来：will 真实主句中： ‎ 过去：would do 现在/将来：will do ‎ § 虚拟从句中： ‎ ú à had done ‎ ú à did/were ‎ ú à should do/ were to do ‎ § 虚拟主句中： ‎ ú àwould/could/should/might+ have done ‎ ú àwould/could/should/might + do ‎ ‎【例1】（2002上海）It is hard for me to imagine what I would be doing today if I ____ in love at the age of seven, with the Melinda Cox Library in my hometown.‎ A. wouldn’t have fallen B. had not fallen C. should fall D. were to fall ‎【例2】（2012安徽31）Grace doesn't want to move to New York because she thinks if she ________ there, she wouldn't be able to see her parents very often. ‎ A. lives ‎ B. would live ‎ C. has lived ‎ D. were to live ‎ ‎【例3】 （2012湖南29）Sorry, I am too busy now. If I ________ time, I would certainly ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ go for an outing with you. ‎ A. have had ‎ B. had had ‎ C. have ‎ D. had ‎ ‎【例4】 （2010北京14）- The weather has been very hot and dry. - Yes. If it had rained even a drop, things would be much better now! And my vegetables ______. ‎ A. wouldn't die ‎ B. didn't die ‎ C. hadn't died ‎ D. wouldn't have died ‎ ‎【例5】（2012陕西7）If my car ________ more reliable，I would have driven to Lhasa instead of flying last summer. ‎ A. was ‎ B. had been ‎ C. should be ‎ D. would be ‎ ‎【例6】 （2012天津15）We would have called a taxi yesterday if Harold ________ us a ride home. ‎ A. didn't offer ‎ B. wouldn't offer ‎ C. hasn't offered ‎ D. hadn't offered ‎ ‎【例7】（2010浙江10）Had I known about this computer program, a huge amount of time and energy ________. ‎ A. would have been saved ‎ B. had been saved ‎ C. will be saved ‎ D. was saved ‎ ‎【例8】 （2010天津15）- John went to the hospital alone. - If he ________me about it, I would have gone with him. ‎ A. should tell ‎ B. tells ‎ C. told ‎ D. had told ‎ ‎【总结】‎ 谓语动词题做题步骤： ‎ Step1: 看选项，发现是谓语动词题 ‎ Step2: 判断是否为“虚拟”（凭句型、凭句意） ‎ Step3: 判断是否为“被动”（凭句意） ‎ Step4: 判断时间（过、现、将）、状态（进、完） ‎ ‎ （优先凭句意，时间状语可供参考） ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ 第三讲 句子的骨架：主干句型 谓语动词= “助动词” + “实义动词” ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ （时态、被动、虚拟、情态）（意思） ‎ 时态：动词随“时间”（现在、过去、将来、过 去将来）、“状态”（一般、进行、完成、完成进行）的改变而发生的变态。【do/will/have/be】‎ 被动：表现“被动”含义的动词变态。【be】‎ 虚拟：“白纸黑字说假话”时的动词变态。【did】‎ 情态：表现不同“情感色彩”（如肯定、否定、推测、可能性、命令、请求等）的动词变态。【情态助动词】 ‎ ‎ 句子 = 主干部分 + 修饰部分 ‎ ‎ I love you（in my heart）.‎ 主干部分= 主语部分 + 谓语部分 ‎ ‎ “什么” “怎么了”‎ ‎ ‎ 句子的主角 对主角的描述 ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 五大基本句型 ‎ 主谓 ‎ 主谓宾 ‎ 主谓宾宾 ‎ 主谓宾补 ‎ 主系表 ‎ ‎ 五大变态句型 ‎ 倒装 ‎ 强调 ‎ 省略 ‎ 祈使 ‎ 感叹 ‎ ‎“变态”是英语语法的一大特点！ ‎ 五大基本句型：‎ 主谓 I come.‎ 主谓宾 I love you.‎ 主谓宾宾 I give you my heart.‎ 主谓宾补 You make me happy.‎ 主系表 You were my everything.‎ 五大基本句型：‎ 主谓 I come. (vi)‎ 主谓宾 I love you. (vt)‎ 主系表 You were my everything.‎ 五大基本句型：‎ 主谓宾宾 I give you my heart.‎ 主谓宾补 ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ You make me happy.‎ You make me your friend. ‎ ‎ 【难点总结】 ‎ 宾语补足语：补充说明宾语的“性质”，以使句意完整。（和宾语本身有关系） ‎ 双宾语：两宾语本身一般没什么关系，靠谓语动词建立关系。 ‎ 表语：主语的“表现”，亦称为“主语补足语”，由系动词将其和主语连起来。 ‎ 五大基本句型：‎ 主谓 I come.‎ 主谓宾 I love you.‎ 主谓宾宾 I give you my heart.‎ 主谓宾补 You make me happy.‎ 主系表 You were my everything.‎ 学完之后有什么用呢？其实，也没什么用。他不会专门出一道题，问你这句话是主谓宾还是主系表，但是，英语里面有很多问题都要以这五大基本句型为基础。比如说，我们马上要谈到的五大变态句型，比如说从句，都跟五大基本句型有关。所以我们花了一点点时间，给大家做了一个梳理，目的就是让大家先“认识”这些最基本的句型，为后面的快速学习做一个准备。那么大家是否认识了这些句型呢？下面，我们一起看一些稍长一点的句子，看看它们各自都是在哪一种基本句型的基础上发展起来的。‎ ‎ 【例句】 ‎ LiHui is a teacher teaching English in Beijing which is the capital of China.‎ And that government of the people, by the people and for the people shall not perish from the earth.‎ Singing and laughing, we headed to the park. ‎ ‎ 【例句】 ‎ I’ve finished reading the book which is written by Mo Yan and which you lent me last month. ‎ They will be able to clear away the mystery of mathematics and face their studies with more confidence than they ever imagined.‎ ‎ 【例句】 ‎ The Department of Agriculture has programs aimed at developing more farmers and at increasing interest in locally grown food. ‎ ‎ 【例句】 ‎ If you started to dry clothes in the morning and forgot to take them out, you can go to your phone and restart your dryer for the time when come home, so your clothes are refreshed and ready to go . ‎ ‎ 【例句】 ‎ Grown-ups are often surprised by how well they remember something they learned as children but have never practiced ever since. ‎ ‎ 【例句】（2012北京）‎ A new review based on a research shows that acute stress affects the way the brain considers the advantages and disadvantages, causing it to focus on pleasure and ignore the possible negative consequences of a decision.‎ ‎ 【例句】（2012北京）‎ This phenomenon is likely not surprising to anyone who has tried to resist eating cookies or smoking a cigarette while under stress –at those moments, only the pleasure associated with ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ such activities comes to mind. ‎ ‎ 【例句】（2012全国2）‎ A woman's smile at a police officer does not carry the same meaning as the smile she gives to a young child. ‎ ‎ 【例句】（2012全国2）‎ The fact that members of one culture do not express their emotions as openly as do members of another does not mean that they do not experience emotions. ‎ 五大变态句型： ‎ ‎ 倒装 ‎ ‎ 强调 ‎ ‎ 省略 ‎ ‎ 感叹 ‎ ‎ 祈使 倒装句复习 ‎ 变态句型之一：倒装句 主干部分 ‎ ‎= 主语部分 + 谓语部分 ‎ ‎= 主语部分 +（助动词+实义动词） ‎ ‎= 正常语序、陈述语序、正装… …‎ 什么是倒装？ ‎ ‎“主谓颠倒”即为倒装！ ‎ ‎（2006四川）At the foot of the mountain __________.‎ A. a village lies 正常语序 ‎ B. lies a village “完全倒装” ‎ C. does a village lie “部分倒装”（半倒装） ‎ D. lying a village 没有谓语动词，优先排除掉 ‎ ‎ 注：一个单句中有且只有一个谓语动词，当需要使用第二个动词时，要么用从句，要么用非谓语动词。 ‎ 三种“语序”： ‎ ‎1、“正常语序”= 主语+谓语 ‎ ‎2、“完全倒装”= 谓语+主语（全倒） ‎ 即谓语动词“整个儿”挪到主语前面 ‎ ‎3、“部分倒装”=助动词+主语+实义动词（半倒） ‎ 即谓语动词的“一部分”——“助动词”挪到主语前面 ‎ ‎1、“正常语序”=主语+谓语 ‎ Patience matters .‎ Time tries all.‎ Experience must be bought.‎ All things come to those who wait.‎ All things are difficult before they are easy.‎ The darkest hour is that before the down.‎ ‎2、“完全倒装”=谓语+主语 ‎ Here comes the bus.‎ Here are some suggestions for you.‎ By the table sits a foreign boy.‎ Between the two weird buildings stands a tree.‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ Across the river lies a bridge.‎ At the foot of the mountain lies a village.‎ ‎3、“半倒装”=助动词+主语+谓语 ‎ Little did I know about it before.‎ Not until recent years have we realized the importance of environmental protection.‎ By no means shall we give up trying.‎ Only in this way can we have a better relationship with the nature.‎ So delicate does the nature seem that we should do something to protect it. ‎ 为什么会有倒装？ ‎ 当想要强调句子中的地点词、否定词、形容词、副词、“只有…”时，可以将被强调的部分置于句首，同时“主谓颠倒”。 ‎ ‎【结论1】倒装的目的是为了“强调”。 ‎ ‎【结论2】倒装的关键在于“句首”。 ‎ ‎【结论3】 “全倒装”和“半倒装”的区别在于被“强调”的东西不一样。 ‎ 完全倒装 ‎ 规则：地点、方位词放在句首时，完全倒装 ‎ ‎(up, down, here, there, in, out, away, in the park)‎ 例句：By the table sits a foreign boy.‎ 例句：Here comes the bus. ‎ 例句：There is a boy in the picture.‎ There be句型本质上就是完全倒装！ ‎ 规则：地点、方位词放在句首时，完全倒装 ‎ ‎(up, down, here, there, in, out, away, in the park)‎ 例句：By the table sits a foreign boy.‎ 例句：Here comes the bus. ‎ 例句：There is a boy in the picture.‎ ‎【练习】‎ Linda went home.‎ àHome went Linda.‎ The thief ran away when the police came.‎ àAway ran the thief when the police came. ‎ 规则：地点、方位词放在句首时，完全倒装 ‎ ‎(up, down, here, there, in, out, away, in the park)‎ 例句：By the table sits a foreign boy.‎ 例句：Here comes the bus. ‎ 例句：There is a boy in the picture.‎ ‎【练习】‎ All things come to those who wait.‎ àTo those who wait come all things. ‎ 翻译：我的心里只有你，没有她.‎ àIn my heart lives nobody but you.‎ 规则：地点、方位词放在句首时，完全倒装 ‎ ‎【例题】‎ ‎（2006四川）At the foot of the mountain __________.‎ A. a village lies ‎ B. lies a village ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ C. does a village lie ‎ D. lying a village ‎ ‎【小规则1】Now 和 Then置于句首，有时也全倒装。 ‎ 原句：Your turn comes now.‎ 例句：Now comes your turn. ‎ ‎【练习】‎ The king came then.‎ àThen came the king. ‎ ‎【小规则2】主语是代词时，不倒装。 ‎ 给你：Here you are!‎ 我们都齐了：Here we are!‎ 在这里、给你：Here it is!‎ Here comes the bus.‎ Out ran the children.‎ Now comes your turn.‎ Then came the boss.‎ By the table sits a foreign boy.‎ ‎ Across the river lies a bridge.‎ To those who wait come all things.‎ In my heart lives nobody but you. ‎ At the foot of the mountain lies a village. ‎ 规则：地点、方位词放在句首时，完全倒装 ‎ ‎【练习】‎ ‎（06上海）Just in front of our house ___ with a history of 1,000 years.‎ A. does a tall tree stand B. stands a tall tree C. a tall tree is standing D. a tall tree stands ‎ 规则：地点、方位词放在句首时，完全倒装 ‎ ‎【练习】‎ In the dark forests_______, some large enough to hold several English towns.‎ A. stand many lakes B. lie many lakes C. many lakes lie D. many lakes stand 部分倒装 ‎ ‎（1）“否定词”置于句首时用“部分倒装” ‎ ‎（no, not, never, hardly, seldom, few, little, ‎ ‎ by no means =on no account= at no time） ‎ I know little about it à Little did I know about it.‎ We shall never give up trying.‎ à Never shall we give up trying.‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ à By no means shall we give up trying.‎ Step1：否定词提前 ‎ Step2：助动词提前 ‎ ‎（1）“否定词”置于句首时用“部分倒装” ‎ ‎【四大加分句型之一】Hardly … when …‎ 含义：一…就… ‎ 用法：Hardly+半倒装+when+陈述句 ‎ 考法：Hardly+had sb done+when+sb did ‎ （过去完成时） （一般过去时） ‎ Hardly had he got out of the court when the reporters raised a lot of questions to him. ‎ ‎（1）“否定词”置于句首时用“部分倒装” ‎ ‎【四大加分句型之二】No sooner … than …‎ 含义：一…就…‎ 用法：No sooner+半倒装+than+陈述句 ‎ 考法：No sooner+had sb done+than+sb did ‎ （过去完成时） （一般过去时） ‎ No sooner had he got out of the court than the reporters raised a lot of questions to him. ‎ ‎（1）“否定词”置于句首时用“部分倒装” ‎ ‎【四大加分句型之三】 Not only … but(also) …‎ 含义：不但…而且…‎ 用法：Not only+半倒装+but(also)+陈述句 ‎ Not only can Tom sing so well, but all his family are excellent singers.‎ Not only will I visit Hongkong, but I will go to Macao as well. ‎ ‎（1）“否定词”置于句首时用“部分倒装” ‎ ‎【四大加分句型之四】 Not until … , …‎ 含义：直到…才…‎ 用法：Not until + 陈述句 + 半倒装句 ‎ Not until I came home last night did Mum go to bed. ‎ Mum did not go to bed until I came home last night. ‎ ‎（1）“否定词”置于句首时用“部分倒装” ‎ ‎【四大加分句型】 ‎ 前倒后不倒： ‎ Hardly 半倒 when 陈述 “一… 就 …” ‎ No sooner 半倒 than 陈述 “一… 就 …”‎ Not only 半倒 but(also)陈述“不但…而且…”‎ 前不倒后倒： ‎ Not until 陈述 , 半倒 “知道…才…” ‎ 技巧：带连词的不倒，不带连词的倒！ ‎ ‎（1）“否定词”置于句首时用“部分倒装” ‎ ‎【练习1】‎ Not until I shouted at the top of my voice _______ his head.‎ A. that he turned B. did he turn C. he didn’t turn D. he had turn ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎【练习2】‎ Not only ____ interested in football but _____ beginning to show an interest in it. ‎ A. the teacher himself is; all his students are B. the teacher himself is; are all his students C. is the teacher himself; are all his students D. is the teacher himself; all his students are ‎【练习3】‎ Never in my wildest dreams____ these people are living in such poor conditions. ‎ A. I could imagine B. could I imagine C. I couldn’t imagine D. couldn’t I imagine ‎【练习4】‎ Not until all the fish died in the river ________ how serious the pollution was.‎ A. did the villagers realized B. the villagers realized C. the villagers did realize D. didn’t the villagers realize ‎ ‎（2）“only+状语”置于句首时用“半倒” ‎ Only then can I have the chance to realize my dreams.‎ Only in this way can you achieve great success in the future.‎ Only by doing some down-to-earth work shall we solve all the problems.‎ Only when you be more outgoing can you make more close friends.‎ Only if you start to communicate with us can we know more about you. ‎ ‎【练习1】‎ Only then ____ how much money had been wasted. ‎ A. she realized B. she had realized C. had she realized D. did she realize ‎ ‎【练习2】‎ Only after my friend came _____ .‎ A. did the computer repair B. he repaired the computer C. was the computer repaired D. the computer was repaired ‎ ‎【练习3】（2006浙江） ‎ ‎________ by keeping down costs will Power Data hold its advantage over other companies.‎ A. Only B. Just ‎ C. Still D. Yet ‎ ‎（3）“so…that”和“such..that..”的半倒 ‎ 含义：如此…以至于… （强调“程度”） ‎ 用法：so + adj/adv +半倒+that+陈述 ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ such + n + 半倒+ that+陈述 ‎ So delicate does the nature seem that we should do something to protect it. ‎ So fast does he run that we cannot catch up with him.‎ Such fine weather is it that we are going for a picnic.‎ ‎【练习1】‎ So sudden ____ that the enemy had no time to escape.‎ A. did the attack B. the attack did C. was the attack D. the attack was ‎ ‎【练习2】‎ So fast _____ that it is difficult for us to imagine its speed.‎ A. light travel B. travels the light C. do light travel D. does light travel ‎ ‎【练习3】（07陕西） ‎ ‎____________ that Marie was able to set up new branches elsewhere.‎ A. So successful her business was B. So successful was her business C. So her business was successful D. So was her successful business ‎ ‎（4）“虚拟主从句”中的半倒装 ‎ If it had rained last week, the crops wouldn't have died.‎ ‎（主过将完从过完） ‎ 第一步:去掉if 第二步:变半倒装 à 助动词提前 ‎ ‎ （had/were/should） ‎ Had it rained last week, the crops wouldn’t have died.‎ ‎【练习1】‎ Were it not for the snowy weather, we ________ all right.‎ A. would be B. would have done C. were D. may be ‎（主过将从过）‎ ‎【练习2】‎ ‎_____ for your laziness, you could have finished the assignment by now.‎ A. Had it not been B. Weren’t ‎ C. It were not D. Had not it been ‎ ‎（5）“两倒一不倒” ‎ ‎1、A likes English. So does B.‎ A喜欢英语，B也喜欢英语。(两者)‎ ‎2、A does not like English. Neither / Nor is B.‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ A不喜欢英语，B也不喜欢。（两者） ‎ ‎3、A likes English. So he does.‎ A喜欢英语，他的确很喜欢英语。（一者）‎ ‎【练习1】‎ If Joe’s wife won’t go to the party,______________.‎ A. he will either B. neither will he C. he neither will D. neither he will ‎ ‎【练习2】（05全国II） ‎ Mary never does any reading in the evening, _____________.‎ A. so does John B. John does too C. John doesn’t too D. nor does John ‎ ‎【练习3】‎ Maggie had a wonderful time at the party. ___________________.‎ A. So she had B. So had she C. So she did D. So did she ‎（6）“尽管”倒装 ‎ ‎【尽管】although; though Although he is young, he has written many popular books.‎ à Young as/though he is, he has written many books. ‎ 注意： ‎ ‎1. 强调部分提前，although 变 “as”.‎ ‎2. 可以强调名、形、动、副四种词.‎ ‎3. 仅适用于“主谓”和“主系表”. ‎ ‎（1）Although he is a little boy, he has written many popular books. ‎ 强调名词à Little boy as/though he is, he has written many books. ‎ ‎（2）Although he is handsome, he lacks confidence.‎ 强调形容词àHandsome as/though he is, he lacks confidence. ‎ ‎（3）Although he might try, he failed in the race.‎ 强调动词à Try as/though he might, he failed in the race.‎ ‎（4）Although he runs fast, he failed in the race.‎ 强调副词àFast as/though he runs, he failed in the race. ‎ ‎【练习1】‎ Unsatisfied _____ with the payment, he took the job just to get some experience.‎ A. though was he B. though he was C. he was though D. was he though ‎ ‎【练习2】‎ ‎______, he talks a lot about his favorite singers after class.‎ A. A quiet student as he may be 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ B. Quiet student as he may be C. Be a student as he may D. Quiet as he may be a student ‎ 基础知识 和 解题技巧总结 ‎ ‎“倒装”基础知识 ‎ 完全倒装（全倒） ‎ ‎ = 谓语+主语 ‎ ‎1、地点、方位词 ‎ ‎3、now/then 注意： ‎ 主语是代词时不用倒 ‎ 部分倒装（半倒） ‎ ‎ = 助动词+主语+实义动词 ‎ ‎1、否定词置于句首，半倒 ‎ ‎2、only+状语放句首，半倒 ‎ ‎3、so+a/ad放句首，半倒 ‎ ‎ such+n 放句首，半倒 ‎ ‎4、虚拟主从句中的半倒装 ‎ ‎5、“两倒一不倒” ‎ ‎6、“尽管”倒装 ‎“半倒装九大加分句型” ‎ 前倒后不倒： ‎ Hardly 半倒 when 陈述（一… 就 …） ‎ No sooner 半倒 than 陈述（一… 就 …） ‎ Not only 半倒 but(also)陈述（不但…而且…） ‎ So+adj/adv+半倒+that+陈述（如此…以至于） ‎ Such +n. +半倒+that+陈述（如此…以至于） ‎ 技巧：带连词的不倒，不带连词的倒 ‎“半倒装九大加分句型” ‎ 前不倒后倒： ‎ Not until 陈述 , 半倒（直到…才…） ‎ Only when陈述，半倒（只有当…才…） ‎ Only if 陈述，半倒（只有如果…才…） ‎ ‎*Only after陈述，半倒（只有…之后，才…） ‎ 技巧：带连词的不倒，不带连词的倒 ‎“倒装句解题技巧总结” ‎ 一看选项：选项中出现语序差异，很可能在考倒装！ ‎ 二看句首：倒装句的关键在于句首，句首是方位地点词、now/then时用全倒（主语是代词，不用倒），其他情况，统统都是半倒。【邪恶的小技巧…】 ‎ 三看句型：特殊句型特殊对待 ‎ ‎（1）九大加分句型：带连词的不倒，不带连词的倒。 ‎ ‎（2）虚拟从句变半倒：if去掉，助动词提前。 ‎ ‎（3）“尽管”倒装：“名形动副 ”提到 as/ though 之前，其它顺序不变。注：名词提前时省略冠词！ ‎ 五大变态句型： ‎ ‎ 倒装 ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ 强调 ‎ ‎ 省略 ‎ ‎ 感叹 ‎ ‎ 祈使 强调句 ‎ ‎（1）强调谓语动词 ‎ I love you.‎ à I do love you. ‎ He loves you.‎ à He does love you.‎ 让我证明我曾真心爱过你.‎ à Please let me prove that I did love you with all my heart.‎ ‎（1）强调”其它成分 ” ‎ ‎【基本结构】‎ ‎ It + be + 被强调部分 + that +句子剩余部分. ‎ ‎ who ‎ whom ‎【使用方法】只需要进行两遍“剪切”+“粘贴” ‎ • Tom loves Jerry. ‎ It is Jerry that Tom loves. Tom爱的人是Jerry.‎ It is Tom that loves Jerry. 爱Jerry 的人是Tom.‎ ‎（1）强调”其它成分 ” ‎ ‎【基本结构】‎ ‎ It + be + 被强调部分 + that +句子剩余部分. ‎ ‎ who ‎ whom ‎【使用方法】只需要进行两遍“剪切”+“粘贴” ‎ I love you.‎ It is you that/who/whom I love. 我爱的人是你. ‎ It is I that/who love you. 爱你的人是我.‎ 重点·难点·考点=判断是否真的在考“强调句” ‎ ‎【例题】（2005天津） ‎ ‎ It is what you do rather than what you say ___________ matters.‎ ‎ A. that B. what C. which D. this ‎【技巧】把It、be、that/who/whom去掉之后，看看剩下的部分能否被还原成为一个完整的句子。 ‎ 重点·难点·考点=判断是否真的在考“强调句” ‎ ‎【练习1】（04上海春招） ‎ It was only with the help of the local guide______.‎ A. was the mountain climber rescued B. that the mountain climber was rescued C. when the mountain climber was rescued D. then the mountain climber was rescued ‎ ‎【练习2】（04湖北） ‎ It was _____ back home after the experiment.‎ A. not until midnight did he go 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ B. until midnight that he didn’t go C. not until midnight that he went D. until midnight when he didn’t go It was not until + 时间 + that sb did sth.‎ ‎ 时间词，如 2012‎ ‎ 时间句，一般为sb did sth ‎ ‎【练习3】（06辽宁） ‎ It was after he got what he had desired _____ he realized it was not so important.‎ A. that B. when C. since D. as ‎ ‎【练习4】（06山东） ‎ I just wonder ______ that makes him so excited.‎ A. why it does ‎ B. what he does C. how it is D. what it is ‎ ‎【练习5】（07山东） ‎ ‎-- Where did you get to know her?‎ ‎-- It was on the farm _____ we worked.‎ A. that B. there C. which D. where 如果填that, 则为“强调句”，意思是： ‎ ‎ “我们正是在这个农场工作的。” ‎ 如果填where，则为“定语从句”，意思是： ‎ ‎ “是在（我们工作的）农场。”‎ ‎【练习6】（07浙江） ‎ It _____ we had stayed together for a couple of weeks _____ I found we had a lot in common.‎ A. was until; when B. was until; that C. wasn’t until; when D. wasn’t until; that 直到…才… ‎ 两组“有才”的句型 ‎ ‎【总结】 重要句型：“直到…才...”‎ Sb2 did not do sth2 until sb1 did sth1. 【原型】‎ It was not until sb1 did sth1 that sb2 did sth2. ‎ Not until sb1 did sth1 did sb2 do sth2. 【半倒装】‎ ‎【总结】重要句型：“只有…才…” ‎ Sb can do sth + only+状语. 【原型】‎ It is + only+状语 + that sb can do sth. 【强调】‎ Only+状语 + can sb do sth 【半倒装】‎ eg: You can achieve great success only in this way.‎ 五大变态句型： ‎ ‎ 倒装 ‎ ‎ 强调 ‎ ‎ 省略 ‎ ‎ 感叹 ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ 祈使 第四讲 添乱的“介词短语”‎ ‎ 介词短语=介词+名词 ‎ 基本介词 单名词 ‎ 合成介词 多名词 ‎ 双介词 名词性从句 ‎ 一、45个常见介词的基本用法 ‎ 1、about ‎ 基本含义：a-b-out “A在B外面”‎ ‎ 引申含义：“A和B的联系”‎ ‎ 1、在…周围：The kids are sitting about their teacher.‎ ‎ I like the necklace about her throat.‎ ‎ 2、环绕：The bird always flies about the forest.‎ ‎ I plan to travel about the world.‎ ‎ 3、关于：a book about English study ‎ They are talking about the new film.‎ ‎ 4、[adv] 大约 ‎ 固定搭配：‎ ‎ 1、How about...?‎ ‎ 2、something+adj+about X ‎ 一些关于X的adj的事 ‎ 2、above ‎ 基本含义：a-b-over “A在B上方”‎ ‎ 引申含义：‎ ‎ 1、在…上方:The sun rose above the horizon.‎ ‎ 2、数目大于…/重量超过…/价格（能力、地位）高于…‎ ‎ There is nothing in the store above 50 cents.‎ ‎ “He who comes after me is above me ,because he was before me”‎ ‎ 固定搭配：‎ ‎ 1、above all: 首先（强调重要性）‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ Above all, he was an outstanding mathematician.‎ ‎ 2、above all things: 最最…‎ ‎ What you need, above all things, is confidence.‎ ‎ 3、be above oneself: 兴高采烈=high spirit ‎ When he heard the good news, he was above himself.‎ ‎ 3、across ‎ 基本含义：a-grass “A走过一片草坪”‎ ‎ 引申含义：‎ ‎1、穿过：She walked across the road.‎ ‎2、在...对面: The bar is just across the street.‎ ‎3、交叉：He sat with his arms across his chest.‎ ‎ The two lines pass across each other at right angles.‎ 固定搭配：‎ ‎1、A come across B. A偶遇B。‎ ‎ I came across Yu Minhong the other day.‎ ‎2、A ger sth across to B. A使某物被B了解。‎ ‎ I want to get my theory across to all students.‎ ‎ 4、after ‎ 基本含义：“A在B之后” （强调顺序）‎ ‎ 引申含义：‎ ‎1、在…之后 （时间顺序、空间顺序）‎ ‎ After dinner, they went out for a walk.‎ ‎ I should after him, but he still went on.‎ ‎2、照着…的样子 ‎ Read the sentence after me, please.‎ ‎ The building is named after the famous hero.‎ ‎ I will make a box after that one.‎ 固定搭配：‎ ‎1、be after寻找/go after 追逐/run after 追求 ‎ You should run after your own dream.‎ ‎2、after all不管怎样 （即：在任何事情之后都一样）‎ ‎ After all, he is your father.‎ ‎3、look after照顾 ‎5、against 基本含义：a-g-e“相对”‎ 引申含义：‎ ‎1、碰着、靠着：She was leaning against a tree.‎ ‎2、反对：We should fight against crimes.‎ ‎3、预防：Save money against a rainy day.未雨绸缪 固定搭配：‎ ‎1、go against 违反（故意违反某人的意志）‎ ‎ He chose to go against his family.‎ ‎2、be against ‎（1）违反（违反法律、制度）‎ ‎ It is against the law to hunt tigers.‎ ‎(2)反对 Lincoln was strongly against slavery.‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎（3）不利于 What he said is against him.‎ ‎6、around 基本含义：a-round”A在一个圆里面”（在一定范围内）‎ 引申含义：‎ ‎1、在…周围:There are many bars around the towm.‎ ‎2、在附近、到处：I showed him around our campus.‎ ‎3、【adv】大约：‎ ‎ There are around 1000 people watching the game.‎ ‎7、at 基本含义:“朝向一点”‎ 引申含义:‎ ‎1、小地点,或小时间点 ‎ Usually, he is at his office in the morning.‎ ‎ I arrived at home at 7:00.‎ ‎ Knock at;look at;aim at;shoot at;arrive at…‎ ‎2、表示引发某种情绪或动作的原因 ‎ He showed no sign of pleasure at seeing her.‎ ‎ Be surprised/excited at…;‎ ‎8、before 基本含义：“在…之前“（时间、空间、顺序）‎ 引申含义：‎ ‎1、时间上：Please come back before 10:00pm.‎ ‎2、空间上：Don’t put the cart before the horse.‎ ‎3、顺序上：Health should come before wealth.‎ 固定搭配：‎ ‎1、before long:过不了多久 ‎2、before time:提前 ‎9、behind 基本含义：be + hide “在…之后“‎ 引申含义：‎ ‎1、空间上，在…后面: A dog is running behind us.‎ ‎2、在后台操纵：There must be someone behind it.‎ ‎3、时间上，在之后；能力上，在之后;‎ ‎ New York is 12 hours behind Beijing in time.‎ ‎ He was behind others in ability.‎ ‎10、beside 基本含义：be+side “在…边上”‎ 引申含义：‎ ‎1、在...旁边=next to…; by the side of…‎ ‎ a town beside the sea ‎ She sat beside the teacher.‎ ‎2、与...相比=compared with ‎ My work is so poor beside yours.‎ 固定搭配：beside oneself 高兴（悲伤）的不得了、忘形 ‎11、besides 基本含义：“除…外，还有…”‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ There were 2 other students in the classroom besides Tom.‎ ‎12、between 基本含义：be-two-in“在两者之间”‎ 引申含义：‎ ‎1、空间、时间、顺序、等级上，在两者之间：‎ ‎ Between two strange buildings stands a tree.‎ ‎ His age is between sixty and seventy.‎ ‎2、表示两者之间的某种关系 ‎ He has to decide between life and death.‎ ‎ This is a secret between life and death（仅在我们俩之间）.‎ ‎ Kyou should learn between lines（字里行间）.‎ ‎13、beyond 基本意思：be+yond（在彼处）=在…之外 引申含义：‎ ‎1、“在远处、在…的那一边”‎ ‎ What lies beyond my reach.‎ ‎2、“超出…的限度”（能力认识）‎ ‎ The fruit was beyond my reach.‎ ‎3、“除…了”‎ ‎ I can’t tell you anything beyond what you already know.‎ 固定搭配：‎ ‎1、beyond words无法形容 ‎2、beyond understanding难以理解 ‎3、beyond cure无可救药 ‎4、beyond endurance无法忍受 ‎14、by 基本意思：by后面的名词很重要 引申含义：‎ ‎1、在…旁边 ‎ We prefer a table by the window.‎ ‎2、到…时候 ‎ We have studied several prepositions by now.‎ ‎ I shall have finished the work by the time you return.‎ ‎3、通过…;根据…;‎ ‎ He can tell the direction by the stars.‎ ‎ Don’t judge a person by his looks.‎ ‎4、按…计算 ‎ Eggs are usually sold by dozen.‎ ‎ The temperature has risen by 5 degrees.‎ ‎5、被…；‎ ‎ He was shocked by what he had seen.‎ 固定搭配：‎ ‎1、by accident/chance偶然 ‎2、by all means想尽一切办法、一定要 ‎3、by no means绝不、一点儿也不 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎4、by turns轮流 ‎5、by mistake出于误会 ‎15、despite 基本意思：尽管、不顾=in spite of ‎ The old professor kept on working despite his poor health.‎ ‎16、down 基本意思：向下 引申含义：‎ ‎1、表示自上而下 ‎ In order to catch the bus they run down the hill.‎ ‎ Tears run down her face quietly.‎ ‎2、沿着河、沿着路 ‎ He walked down the road.‎ ‎ We sailed down the river.‎ 固定搭配 Sth break down坏了 Let sb down 令某人失望 ‎ 17、during ‎ 基本意思：在…期间 ‎ 引申含义：‎ ‎ 1、在整个…期间 ‎ Not a word did they say during the meal.‎ ‎ I haven’t had any meat during the last several years.‎ ‎ 2、在…期间的某个时刻 ‎ I saw Linda during the meeting.‎ ‎ 18、except ‎ 基本意思：ex-cept拿出来 ‎ Everyone was here except Tom.‎ ‎ 【注意】‎ ‎ besides表示“加”，except表示“减”‎ ‎ 19、for ‎ 基本意思：“为”‎ 引申含义：‎ ‎1、为了 ‎ I bought a gift for you.‎ ‎ He played football for England.‎ ‎ He paid 50 cents for that book.‎ ‎2、因为 ‎ Bejing is famous for its long history.‎ ‎ I thank you for what you have done for me.‎ ‎3、作为 ‎ I had some chocolate for breakfast.‎ ‎4、表示时间、距离的长短 ‎ I haven’t seen you for years.‎ ‎ For miles and miles you see nothing but trees.‎ 固定搭配：‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ long for; thirst for… 渴望…‎ for the moment; for the present 现在、此刻 for the sake of… 为了 ‎ I bear all this for the sake of my work.‎ ‎ for my part 对我而言 ‎ for fear of… 唯恐.../以防...‎ ‎ for pleasure; for fun 为了消遣 ‎ for sale 出售 ‎20、in 基本意思：在...范围之中 引申含义：‎ ‎1、在...范围之中（时间、地点）‎ ‎ We sat down in the shade of the trees.‎ ‎ Rome was not built in a day.‎ ‎2、在...情绪之中 ‎ I am in doubt about it.‎ ‎ They are in great enthusiasm about the project.‎ ‎3、在...状态之中 ‎ You have put yourself in danger.‎ ‎ Their economy was in chaos.‎ ‎ Please put all the books in order.‎ ‎4、穿着...‎ ‎ The police were all in plain clothes.‎ ‎ I was in a jacket that day.‎ ‎5、用...语言 ‎ The letters were written in Chinese.‎ ‎ What’s this in Englishi?‎ 固定搭配：‎ ‎ in a sense在某种程度上 ‎ in accordance根据...；按照...‎ ‎ in advance提前 ‎ in general一般而言 ‎ in one’s opinion根据某人观点 ‎21、inside 基本含义：在...里面（静态）‎ ‎ I looked into the box, only to find nothing inside it.‎ ‎22、into 基本含义：进入...的里面（动态）‎ 引申含义：‎ ‎1、进入...的里面 ‎ It was rainning, so they went into the house.‎ ‎ He immediately copied those sentences into his book.‎ ‎2、进入某种状态 ‎ I burst into tears/laughter.‎ ‎ You must put the theory into practice.‎ ‎3、变成.../成为...‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ The book has been translated into many languages.‎ ‎ Those experiences have changed him into a true man.‎ 固定搭配：‎ ‎ get sb into trouble/difficulties 使遇到麻烦 ‎ look into 调查，研究 ‎ run into 碰到，邂逅 ‎23、like 基本含义：“像”‎ ‎ He looks like his father.‎ ‎ It was like fishing for a needle in the ocean.‎ ‎ It was not like her.‎ ‎24、of 基本含义：“属于某个集合”‎ 引申含义：‎ ‎1、属于 ‎ I am a student of New Oriental School.‎ ‎2、由...制成的 ‎ The desk is made of wood.‎ ‎3、表示人或物的性质 ‎ They two are of the same height.‎ ‎ English is of great importance.‎ ‎4、表示后者修饰前者的A of B ‎ The 2008 Olympic Games was held in the City of Beijing.‎ ‎5、表示前者修饰后者的A of B(此时A为数量词)‎ ‎ Millions of people are celebrating the festival.‎ ‎25、off 基本含义：“离开”‎ 引申含义；‎ ‎1、从某物体上分离出来（动态）‎ ‎ Cut small piece off the bread.‎ ‎ Tom fell of the wall.‎ ‎2、表示离某物、某地有一定的距离（静态）‎ ‎ The old man lives on an island off the coast.‎ ‎26、on 基本含义：“吸附”‎ 引申含义：‎ ‎1、在...上面 ‎ Put the book on the desk.‎ ‎2、在某个特定的时间上 ‎ The accident happened on the cold winter morning.‎ ‎3、“关于”‎ ‎ a lecture on English study.‎ ‎4、处于某种状态 ‎ I am on a tour to Japan.‎ ‎ The influence of China is rapidly on the rise.‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎27、opposite 基本含义：”op-po”对立，在对面 ‎ I am sitting opposite Tom.‎ ‎28、out of 基本含义：“出”‎ 引申含义“‎ ‎1、从...出发、从...出来 ‎ He ran out of the house.‎ ‎2、从总体中“分离出“一部分 ‎ Three out of four people are in favor of the plan.‎ ‎3、“出于“‎ ‎ I study English out of interest.‎ ‎4、没有了 ‎ I have run out of money.‎ ‎ I was out of breath when I got there.‎ ‎5、从中提取出来（类似于made from）‎ ‎ Flour is made out of wheat.‎ ‎29、outside 基本含义：out+side“在外边“‎ 引申含义：‎ ‎1、外部的 ‎ Outside the window lies a bridge.‎ ‎2、除了=excepet ‎ No one knows it outside the members of my own family.‎ ‎30、over 基本含义：盖在...上面 引申含义：‎ ‎1、在...上面 ‎ I put a cloth over the table.‎ ‎ I saw a bridge over the river.‎ ‎2、在...问题上 ‎ Do not cry over spilt milk.‎ ‎3、凌驾于...之上 ‎ The king rules over the empire.‎ ‎31、past 基本含义：超过 引申含义：‎ ‎1、经过 ‎ I drove past your house yesterday.‎ ‎2、时间或年龄上超过 ‎ It is a quarter past nine.‎ ‎32、regarding 基本含义：有意识地相关 ‎ He wants to talk with me regarding his future.‎ ‎ Regarding you recent enquiry...‎ 关于您最近的询问 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎33、since ‎ 基本含义：自从 ‎ 引申含义：‎ ‎ He has not written to his parents since last Christmas.‎ ‎ I have been in Beijing since 2010.‎ ‎ I have been here since then. ‎ ‎ 34、through ‎ 基本含义：穿过（跐溜）‎ ‎ 引申含义：‎ ‎ 1、通过、穿过 ‎ Walk through the door.‎ ‎ 2、贯穿一段时间 ‎ It keeps raining through April.‎ ‎ 3、经历 ‎ He has gone through the whole event.‎ ‎ 4、通过某种途径 ‎ The American people won their freedom through struggle.‎ ‎ 35、throughout ‎ 基本含义：全部包括 ‎ 引申含义：‎ ‎ 1、在整个...地区 ‎ The good news has spread throughout the country.‎ ‎ 2、在整个...时间 ‎ He has been feeling bad throughout the day.‎ ‎ 36、to ‎ 基本含义：“去、到”，强调目的、方向 ‎ 引申含义：‎ ‎ 1、“到”某个位置、方向 ‎ go to school ‎ ‎ 2、“到”某个时间、数目 ‎ Don’t leave things to the last moment.‎ ‎ 3、“到”某个状态 ‎ The music can put you to sleep in a short while.‎ ‎ 4、“对着”某个对象 ‎ Don’t yell to me.‎ ‎ 5、“对于”某个对象 ‎ It is important to me.‎ ‎ 37、towards ‎ 基本含义：方向、趋势 ‎ 引申含义：‎ ‎ 1、表示动作的方向 ‎ He ran toward to horizon.‎ ‎ 2、“对于”‎ ‎ She has a mixed feeling towards him.‎ ‎ 38、under ‎ 基本含义：在...之下 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ 引申含义：‎ ‎ 1、在某物之下：‎ ‎ The dog likes sitting under the table.‎ ‎ 2、少于 ‎ It’s population is under 2000.‎ ‎ 3、受...支配 ‎ We will be very happy to work under his leadership.‎ ‎ 39、until/till ‎ 基本含义：某人或某物从一个过程中走到一个固定的点 ‎ I shall go on working until next week.‎ ‎ In any case, it’s better to wait until tomorrow.‎ ‎ 40、up ‎ 基本含义：“向上”‎ ‎ 引申含义：‎ ‎ 1、向...上面，由...向上 ‎ He ran up the hill.‎ ‎ 2、沿着马路、沿着河 ‎ He lived up the river.‎ ‎ We walked together up the garden path.‎ ‎ 41、upon ‎ 基本含义：upon=on 较正式 ‎ This is a book upon English.‎ ‎ 42、with ‎ 基本含义：在一起，伴随 ‎ 引申含义：‎ ‎ 1、“和...在一起、一道”‎ ‎ He lives with his parents.‎ ‎ 2、支持某人 ‎ I am with you on your point.‎ ‎ 3、对的态度或情绪 ‎ The dog is friendly with me.‎ ‎ My father is strict with me. ‎ ‎ 4、“用、以”‎ ‎ Kill two birds with one stone.‎ ‎ 5、带着 ‎ Don’t go to bed with anger.‎ ‎ 43、within ‎ 基本含义：在...之内 ‎ 引申含义：‎ ‎ 1、在...之内 ‎ A desire for success burns within him.‎ ‎ 2、不超过...‎ ‎ The book is within reach of the students.‎ ‎ 44、without ‎ 基本含义：没有 ‎ 引申含义：‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ 1、没有...事物 ‎ We couldn’t have finished the work without you .‎ ‎ 2、没有做...‎ ‎ He left without telling me.‎ 第五讲 华丽的“三大从句”‎ ‎（2010全国13）We haven’t discussed yet we are going to place our new furniture.‎ A.that B.which C.what D.where 从句 ‎ ‎ ‎ Cjongju 1、从横线设空处开始 ‎ ‎ 2、到第二个谓语前或句尾结束 ‎ 主从复合 ‎ 3、连词偶尔可省略，但从句谓语动词不可省略。‎ 主句 ‎ 干掉从句，就是主句 ‎ ‎ ‎（2010全国13）We haven’t discussed yet we are going to place our new furniture.‎ A.that B.which C.what D.where ‎ 1、主句不完整，从句不完整 名从（连接代词）‎ ‎ 2、主句不完整，从句完整 名从（连词）（连接副词）‎ ‎ 3、主句完整，从句不完整 定从（关系代词） ‎ ‎ 4、主句完整，从句完整 定从（关系副词） ‎ ‎ 同位语从句 ‎ 状语从句 ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ 各类从句引导词总结 ‎ 名从连词：that/if/whether ‎ 名从连副：when/where/why/how ‎ 名从连代：who/whom/which(as)/that/whose(ta的、ta们的)‎ ‎ 定从关代：when/where/why ‎ 定从观副：‎ ‎ 状从连词：30多个 ‎ 同位语从句引导词：即名从引导词 小试牛刀:主句完整吗?‎ ‎ 2.(2007安徽14)last week,only two people came to look at the house, wanted to buy it.‎ ‎ 答案：完整 ‎3.(2008安徽6)All the neighbor admire this family the parents are treating their child like a friend.‎ ‎ 答案：完整 ‎4.（2009安徽7）A good friend of mine from I was born showed up at my home right before I left for Bejing.‎ ‎ 答案：不完整 ‎5.（2009安徽10）Many children, parents are away working in big cities, are taken good care of in the village.‎ ‎ 答案：完整 ‎6.（2011安徽8）Whatever is left over may be put into the refrigerator it will keep for two or three weeks.‎ ‎ 答案：完整 ‎7.（2011安徽13）His writing is so confusing that it’s difficult to make out it is he is trying to express.‎ ‎ 答案：不完整 ‎8.（2012安徽27）The limits of a person’s intelligence,generally speaking, are fixed at birth,but he reaches these limits will depend on his environment.‎ ‎ 答案：不完整 ‎9.（2012安徽29）A lot of language learning has been discovered,is happening in the first year of life, so parents should talk much to their children during that period.‎ ‎ 答案：完整 ‎10.（2007北京3）We shouldn’t spent our money testing so many people, most of are healthy.‎ ‎ 答案：不完整 小试牛刀：主从句完整吗？‎ ‎1.（2007北京3）We shouldn’t spent our money testing so many people, most of are healthy.‎ ‎ 答案：主句不完整，从句不完整 ‎2.（2008北京8）I’ll give you my friend’s home address, I can be reached most evenings.‎ ‎ 答案：主句完整，从句完整 ‎3.（2008北京10）The companies are working together to creat they hope will be the best means of transport in the 21st century.‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ 答案：主句不完整，从句不完整 ‎4.（2009北京6）-What do you think of teaching, Bob?‎ ‎-I find it fun and challenging. It is a job you are doing something serious but intersting.‎ ‎ 答案：主句完整，从句完整 ‎5.（2009北京11）At first he hated the new job but decided to give himeself a few months to see it got any better.‎ ‎ 答案：主句不完整，从句完整 ‎6.（2010北京7）Children who are not active or diet is high in fat will again weight quickly.‎ ‎ 答案：主句完整，从句完整 ‎7.（2010北京11）I want to be liked and loved for I am inside.‎ ‎ 答案：主句不完整，从句不完整 ‎8.（2010北京12）Part of the reason Charles Dickens loved his own novel,David Copperfield ,was ‎ it was rather closely modeled on his own life.‎ ‎ 答案：主句不完整，从句完整 ‎9.（2010北京13） some people regard as a drawback is seen as a plus by many others.‎ ‎ 答案：主句不完整，从句不完整 ‎10.（2011北京22） Barbara Jones offers to her fans is honesty and happiness.‎ ‎ 答案：主句不完整，从句不完整 主句不完整，从句不完整 ‎1、（2009湖南8）She is very dear to us.We have been prepared to do it takes to save her life.‎ A.whichever B.however C.whatever D.whoever 答案：C ‎2、（2011湖南11）Before a problem can be solved, it must be obvious the problem itself is.‎ A.what B.that C.which D.why 答案：A ‎3、（2007江苏5）Choosing the right dictionary depends on you want to use it for.‎ A.what B.why C.how D.whether 答案：A ‎4、（2009江苏14）Many young people in the West are expected to leave could be life’s most important decision –marriage- almost entirely up to luck.‎ A.as B.that C.which D.what 答案：D ‎5、（2011江西6）The villagers have already known we’ll do is to rebuild the bridge.‎ A.this B.that C.what D.which 答案：C ‎6、（2011辽宁13） a strange plant! I’ve never seen it before.‎ A.which B.what C.how D.whether 答案：B 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎7、（2012辽宁34）The newcomer went to the library the other day and searched for he could find about Mark Twain.‎ A.wherever B.however C.whatever D.whichever 答案：C ‎8、（2007全国Ⅱ12） matters most in learning English is enough practice.‎ A,what B.why C.where D.which 答案：A ‎9、（2007陕西3） parents say and do has a life-long effect on their children.‎ A.that B.which C.what D.as 答案：C ‎10、（2011陕西5）I’d like to start my own business-that’s I’d do if I had the money.‎ A.why B.when C.which D.what 答案：D 主句不完整，从句完整 ‎1、（2010湖南15）Cindy shut the door heavily and burst into tears. No one in the office knew ‎ ‎ she was so angry.‎ A.where B.whether C.that D.why 答案：D ‎2、（2010江苏15）-I prefer shutting myself in and listening to music all day on Sundays.‎ ‎-That’s I don’t agree. You should have a more active life.‎ A.where B.how C.when D.what 答案：A ‎3、（2010辽宁14）-It’s no use having ideas only.‎ ‎-Don’t worry. Peter can show you to turn an idea into an act.‎ A.how B.who C.what D.where 答案：A ‎4、（20114辽宁3）Twenty students want to attend the class that aims to teach to read fast.‎ A.what B.who C.how D.why 答案：C ‎5、（2010全国Ⅱ5）-Have you finished the book?‎ ‎-No. I’ve read up to the children discover the secret cave.‎ A.which B.what C.that D.where 答案：D ‎6、（2007上海16）The traditional view is we sleep because our brain is “programmed”to make us do so.‎ A.when B.why C.whether D.that 答案：D ‎7、（2009上海16）As a new diplomat, he often thinks of he can react more appropriately on such occasions.‎ A.what B.which C.that D.how 答案：D 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎8、（2010上海12）One reason for her preference for city life is she can have easy access to places like shops and restaurants.‎ A.that B.how C.what D.why 答案：A ‎9、（2012上海40）The map is one of the best tools a man has he goes to a new place.‎ A.whenever B.whatever C.wherever D.however 答案：A ‎10、（2012四川10）If you happen to get lost in the wild, you’d better stay you are and wait for help.‎ A.why B.where C.who D.what 答案：B 主句完整，从句不完整 ‎ 1、（2010湖南8）I’ve become good friends with several of the students in my school i met in the English speech contest last year.‎ ‎ A.who B.where C.when D.which ‎ 答案：A ‎ 2、（2011湖南5）Julie was good at German, French, and Russian, all of she spoke fluently.‎ ‎ A.who B.whom C.which D.that ‎ 答案：C ‎ 3、（2008江苏4）The Science Museum, we visited during a recent trip to Britain is one of London’s tourist attractions.‎ ‎ A.which B.what C.that D.where ‎ 答案：A ‎ 4、（2010江苏12）The newly built café, the walls of are painted light green, is really a peaceful place for us, especially after hard work.‎ ‎ A.that B.it C.what D.which ‎ 答案：D ‎ 5、（2012江苏22）After the flooding people were suffering in that area urgently needed clean water, medicine and shelter to survive.‎ ‎ A.which B.who C.where D.what ‎ 答案：B ‎ 6、（2012江西28）By 16:30, was almost closing time,nearly all the paintings had been sold.‎ ‎ A.which B.when C.what Dthat ‎ 答案：A ‎ 7、（2009辽宁3）They’ve won their last three matches, I find a bit surpring actually.‎ ‎ A.that B.when C.what D.which ‎ 答案：D ‎8、（2009全国Ⅱ12）My friend showed me round the town, was very kind of him.‎ A.which B.that C.where D.it 答案：A ‎9、(2011全国Ⅱ2)Ted came for the weekend wearing only some shorts and a T-shirt, is stupid thing to do in such weather.‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ A.this B.that C.what D.which 答案:D ‎10、（2012全国Ⅱ8）That evening, I will tell you more about later, I ended up working very late.‎ A.that B.which C.what D.when 答案：B 主句完整，从句完整 ‎ 1、（2009湖南6）I was born in New Orleans,Louisiana, a city name will create a picture of beautiful trees and green grass in our mind.‎ ‎ A.which B.of which C.that D.whose ‎ 答案：D ‎ 2、（2011江苏4）Between the two parts of the concert is an interval, the audience can buy ice-cream.‎ ‎ A.when B.where C.that D.which ‎ 答案：A ‎ 3、（2012江苏27）The notice came around two in the afternoon the meeting would be postponed.‎ ‎ A.when B.that C.whether D.how ‎ 答案：B ‎ 4、（2007江西12）After graduation she reached a point in her career she needed to decide what to do.‎ ‎ A.that B.what C.which D.where ‎ 答案：D ‎5、（2008江西15）Later in this chapter cases will be introduced to readers consumer complaints have resulted in changes in the law.‎ A.where B.when C.who D.which 答案：A ‎6、（2009江西13）The fact has worried many scientists the earth is becoming warmer and warmer these years.‎ A.what B.which C.that D.though 答案：C ‎7、（2010江西11）The girl arranged to have piano lessons at the trainning center with her sister she would stay for an hour.‎ A.where B.who C.which D.what 答案：A ‎8、(2010全国Ⅱ11)I refuse to accept the blame for something was someone else’s fault.‎ A.who B.that C.as D.what 答案：B ‎9、（2007陕西15）Today, we’ll discuss a number of English fail to use the language properly.‎ A.which B.as C.why D.where 答案：D ‎10、（2008陕西3）Tomorrow is Tom’s birthday. Have you got any idea the party is to be held?‎ A.what B.which C.that D.where 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ 答案：D ‎11、（2010陕西1）The old temple roof was damaged in a storm is now under repair.‎ A.where B.which C.its D.whose 答案：D ‎12、（2011陕西1）I walked up to the top of the hill with my friends, we enjoyed a splendid view of the lake.‎ A.which B.where C.who D.that 答案：B ‎13、（2009上海10）Mozart’s birthplace and the house he composed”The Magic Flute”are both ‎ A.where B.when C.there D.which ‎ 答案：A ‎14、（2011上海11）There is clear evidence the most difficult feeling of all to interpret is bodily pain.‎ A.what B.if C.how D.that 答案：D ‎15、（2012上海34）There is much truth in the idea kindness is usually served by frankness.‎ A.why B.which C.that D.whether 答案：C ‎16（2009四川7）News came from the school office Wang Lin had been admitted to Beijing Uniwersity.‎ A.which B.what C,that D.where 答案：C ‎17、（2011四川17）The school shop, customers are mainly students, is closed for the holidays.‎ A.which B.whose C.when D.where 答案：B ‎18、（2009天津5）A person e-mail account is full wonn’t be able to send or recieve any e-mails.‎ A.who B.whom C.whose D.whoever 答案：C ‎19、（2011天津10）The days are gone physical strength was all you needed to make a living.‎ A.when B.that C.where D.which 答案：A ‎20、（2011天津13）Modern science has given clear evidence smoking can lead to many diseases.‎ A。what B.which C.that D.where 答案：C 特殊注意事项 定从7注意：that用法 “人物最不避人物“ ‎ ‎ When/where/which ‎ Where+抽象地点 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ Whose(ta的/ ta们的)‎ ‎ As关系代词 ‎ 关系副词=prep+关系代词 ‎ 非限制性vs限制性 名从2注意 语序 陈述 ‎ 同位语vs定语 总结：定从之that用法 ‎ 1、人物最不避人物 ‎ “人”： That 可以指人 ‎ “物”：That可以指物 Is this the museum you visited the other day?‎ A.that B.where C.in which D.the one 答案：A ‎ “最”：极端修饰 ‎ All the apples fell down from the tree were eaten up by the pigs.‎ ‎ A.which B./ C.that D.they ‎ “不”：不定代词 ‎ I refuse to accept the blame for something was someone else’s fault.(2010全国)‎ ‎ A.who B.that C.as D.what ‎ 答案：B ‎ “避”：避免重复 ‎ Who is the person is standing at the gate of Beijing Tourism Tower?‎ ‎ A.who B.that C.which D.whom ‎ 答案：B ‎ “人物”：先行词同时有人有物 ‎ Tell us about the people and the places are different from ours.‎ ‎ A.that B.who C.which D.whom ‎ 答案：A ‎2、When/where/which ‎ ‎ When 时间， 时间不等于when ‎ I’ll never forget the time which I spent on campus.‎ ‎ I’ll never forger the day when we fist met in the park.‎ ‎ where 地点，地点不等于where ‎ This is the town where I spent my childhood.‎ ‎ This is the town which I told you about before.‎ ‎3、Where+抽象地点 ‎ Dream, case, situation, point, standpoint,viewpoint等 ‎4、Whose(ta的/ ta们的)‎ ‎ 1、In china,the number of cities is creasing development is recognized across the world.(2010重庆8)‎ ‎ 2、 A.where B.which C.whose D.that ‎ 答案：C ‎ 3、That’s the new machine parts are too small to be seen.(2010山东4)‎ ‎ A.that B.which C.whose D.what ‎ 答案：C 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ 4、 The price will go to the writer story shows the most imagination.(2011全国11)‎ ‎ A.that B.which C.whose D.what ‎ 答案：C ‎5、As关系代词 ‎ 1、（12福建）The air quality in the city, is shown in the report, has improved over the past two months.‎ ‎ A.that B.it C.as D.what ‎ 答案：C ‎ 2、（04北京） is reported in the newspapers,talk between the two countries are making progress.‎ ‎ A.it B.as C.that D.what ‎ 答案：B ‎ 3、(12安徽)A lot of language learning, has been discovered, is happening in the first year of life, so parents should talk much to their children during that period.‎ ‎ A.as B.it C.which D.this ‎ 答案：A ‎ 4、(04江苏) is often the case,we have worked out the production plan.‎ ‎ A.which B.when C.what D.as ‎ 答案：D ‎ 5、（06天津）The Beatles, many of you are old enough to remember, came from Liverpool.‎ ‎ A.what B.that C.how D.as ‎ 答案：D ‎6、关系副词=prep+关系代词 ‎ 1、（2008福建11）By nine o’clock,all the Olympic torch bearers had reached the top of Mount Qomolangma, appeared rare rainbow soon.‎ ‎ A.of which B.on which C.from which D.above which ‎ 答案：D ‎ 2、（2008湖南11）The growing speed of a plant is influenced by a number of factors, are beyond our contron.‎ ‎ A.most of them B.most of which C.most of what D.most of that ‎ 答案：B ‎ 3、（2012湖南34）Care of the soul is a gradual process even the small details of life should be considered.‎ ‎ A.what B.in what C.which D.in which ‎ 答案：D ‎ 4、（2007江苏13）He was educated at the local high school, he went on to Beijing University.‎ ‎ A.after which B.after that C.in which D.in that ‎ 答案：A ‎ 5、（2008江西14）Animals suffered at the hands of Man the were destroyed by people to make way for agricultural land to provide food for more people.‎ ‎ A.in which B.for which C.so that D.in that ‎ 答案：D ‎ 6、（2011江西14）She showed the vistors around the museum, the construction had taken more than three years.‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ A.for which B.with shich C.of which D.to which ‎ 答案：C ‎ 7、(2009陕西6)Gun control is a subject Americans have argued for a long time.‎ ‎ A.of which B.with which C.about which D.into which ‎ 答案：C ‎ 8、（2008上海14）We went through a period communications were very difficult in the rural areas.‎ ‎ A.which B.whose C.in which D.with which ‎ 答案：C ‎ 9、（2010上海14）Wind power is an ancient source of energy we may return in the near future.‎ ‎ A.on which B.by which C.to which D.from which ‎ 答案：C ‎ 10、（2008四川4）For many cities in the world,there is no room to spend out further, New York is an example.‎ ‎ A.for which B.in which C.of which D.from which ‎ 答案：C 名从注意 ‎ 1、（03北京）York, last year, is a nice old city.‎ ‎ A.that I visited B.which I visited C.where I visited D.in which I visited ‎ 答案：B ‎ 2、（05湖北）Her sister has become a lawyer, she wanted to be.‎ ‎ A.who B.that C.what D.which ‎ 答案：D ‎ 3、（04天津）Helen was much kinder to her youngest son than to the others, , of course,made the others envy him.‎ ‎ A.who B.that C.what D.which ‎ 答案：D ‎1、语序 陈述 ‎1、（10上海）When changing lanes, a driver should use his turning signal to let other drivers know .‎ A.he is entering which lane B.which lane he is entering C.is he entering which lane D.which lane is he entering 答案:B ‎2、（05福建）Mum is coming. What present for your birthaday?‎ A.you expect she has got B.you expect has she got C.do you expect she has got D.do you expect has she got 答案：C ‎2、同位语vs定语 ‎ 1、（2011北京26）Mary was much kinder to Jack than she was to the others, , of course, make all the others upset.‎ ‎ A.who B.which C.what D.that ‎ 答案：B ‎ 2、（2011北京31）The shocking news made me realize terrible problems, we would face.‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ A.what B.how C.that D.which ‎ 答案：A ‎ 3、（2012北京24）Jerry did not regret giving the comment but felt he could have expressed it differently.‎ ‎ A.why B.how C.that D.whether ‎ 答案：C ‎ 4、（2012北京26）When deeply absorbed in work, he often was, he would forget all about eating or sleeping.‎ ‎ A.that B.which C.where D.when ‎ 答案：B ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 第六讲 高贵的非谓语动词 四句话掌握非谓语动词 ‎1、一个句子中用到多个动词时，保留一个作谓语，其它统统变成非谓语。 ‎ ‎2、主动用ing，被动用ed， ‎ ‎ 要做、去做用to do ‎3、如果非谓语是主语干的，前面什么都不用加；如果非谓语不是主语干的，谁干的，把谁加上。 ‎ ‎4、非谓语是从句的“简化版”。 ‎ 非谓语是谁做的？‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ Tom 笑着走了进来。 ‎ ‎ Smiling, Tom walked in.‎ Tom 被打了，走了进来。 ‎ ‎ Beaten, Tom walked in.‎ Jerry 被打了，Tom 哭了。 ‎ ‎ Jerry beaten, Tom cried.‎ Jerry 笑了，Tom也笑了。 ‎ ‎ Jerry smiling, Tom smiled. ‎ 天青色等烟雨，而我在等你。 ‎ The blue sky waiting for the rain, I am waiting for you.‎ 我在马路边，捡到一分钱，把它交给警察叔叔手里边。 ‎ Walking in the street, I picked up a coin, giving it to a policeman. ‎ 太阳当空照，花儿对我笑，我背上书包，上学校。 ‎ 太阳当空照，花儿对我笑，背上书包，我上学校。 ‎ The sun shining in the sky, the flowers smiling to me, carrying the bag, I go to school. ‎ The sun shining in the sky, the flowers smiling to me, I, carrying my bag, go to school. ‎ 我来到你的城市，走过你来时的路，想象着没我的日子，你是怎样的孤独，拿着你给的照片，熟悉的那一条街。‎ 我来到你的城市，走过你来时的路，想象着没我的日子，你是怎样的孤独，拿着你给的照片，熟悉的那一条街。 ‎ I come to your city, walking along your street, imagining during the days without me, how lonely you have been, holding the photo given by you, in which there is the street that we are both familiar with. ‎ ‎ Walking along the street, a brick fell on his head.‎ LiHui walking along the street, a brick fell on his head.‎ 如果非谓语不是主语干的，谁干的，把谁加上。 ‎ ‎“独立主格结构” ‎ ‎=给非谓语动词加上自己的“逻辑主语”。 ‎ 四句话掌握非谓语动词 ‎1、一个句子中用到多个动词时，保留一个作谓语，其它统统变成非谓语。 ‎ ‎2、主动用ing，被动用ed， ‎ ‎ 要做、去做用to do ‎3、如果非谓语是主语干的，前面什么都不用加；如果非谓语不是主语干的，谁干的，把谁加上。 ‎ ‎4、非谓语是从句的“简化版”。 ‎ 非谓语动词就是从句的简化版 君生我未生，我生君已老。 ‎ 你出生的时候，我还没有出生。我出生的时候，你已经老了。 ‎ When you were born, I was not born. When I was born, you were already old.‎ You born, I was not born. I born, you were already old. ‎ 李辉是一个教英语的老师。 ‎ 李辉是一个老师，他教英语。 ‎ LiHui is a teacher, who teaches English.‎ LiHui is a teacher teaching.‎ ‎【总结】把从句变成非谓语动词，就是抓住从句中的动词，看它是主动被动、谁做的。‎ 非谓语动词考点 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎1、分词的选择： ‎ ‎2、动词不定式的诡异句型 非谓语动词考点 ‎1、分词的选择： ‎ Step1: 谁干的？ ‎ Step2: 主被动？ ‎ Step3: 有没有强调时间顺序？ ‎ ‎【例】 ____ some students, the teacher entered the hall. ‎ A. Following B. Followed C. Being followed D. Having followed ‎【例1】Hearing his father was seriously ill, __________________. ‎ A. he burst into tears ‎ B. his eyes were filled with tears ‎ C. his face lost its color ‎ D. tears came to his eyes ‎ ‎【例2】Entering the house, I found Jane ____ at the desk and ____ something. ‎ A. seat; write ‎ B. sitting; writing ‎ C. seating; writing ‎ D. seated; to write ‎ ‎【例3】____ some of the questions ____, the man said good-bye to us without making himself ____. ‎ A. Left; unanswering; understood; ‎ B. Leaving; unanswered; understood ‎ C. Left; unanswering; understanding ‎ D. Leaving; unanswered; understanding ‎ ‎【例4】 ______ many times, she still can’t remember it. ‎ A. Had told ‎ B. Having been told ‎ C. Having told ‎ D. Being told ‎ ‎【例5】 ____, his friends met him at the station. ‎ A. Arriving in Chicago ‎ B. Arrived in Chicago ‎ C. On arriving in Chicago ‎ D. When he arrived in Chicago ‎ 非谓语动词考点 ‎2、动词不定式的诡异句型： ‎ ‎（1）“英语好学”结构 ‎ English is interesting to study.‎ ‎（2）“衣服要洗”结构 ‎ I have clothes to wash.‎ I have clothes to be washed.‎ ‎（3）“这事不难”结构 ‎ It is not hard to do sth.‎ ‎【例1】 It is foolish ____ such a mistake. ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ A. for me to make ‎ B. for me making ‎ C. of me to make ‎ D. of me making ‎ ‎【例2】 He was so foolish ____ his car unlocked. ‎ A. to leave ‎ B. that leave ‎ C. as to leave ‎ D. for him to leave ‎ ‎【例3】 The first thing they had got to do was to find something ____. ‎ A. eating ‎ B. eaten ‎ C. to eat ‎ D. to be eaten ‎ ‎【例4】 The question is difficult ____. ‎ A. for answering ‎ B. for being answered ‎ C. to be answered ‎ D. to answer ‎ ‎【例5】 I have not any money ____. ‎ A. to leave ‎ B. to be left ‎ C. leaving ‎ D. left ‎ ‎【例6】 He won’t like such questions ____ at the meeting. ‎ A. to discuss ‎ B. discussing ‎ C. discussed ‎ D. to have been discussed ‎ ‎【例7】 They found the article hard ____. ‎ A. to be understood ‎ B. to understand ‎ C. for understanding ‎ D. to have been understood ‎ 第七讲 段落的秘密 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ 一、英文段落的基本结构：“文有定法”‎ 段落=句子+逻辑 句子包括：‎ a)B:background 背景句 b)T:Topic Sentence 主题句 c)E:Explanation 解释句 d)E: Example 举例子 e)C: Conclusion 总结句 ne can deny we had a great time together, which we will keep in mind forever.‎ 逻辑包括：1、逻辑连词、逻辑副词；2、代词。‎ 段落中的句子…‎ One explanation is the law of overlearning, which can be stated as follows: Once we have learned something, additional learning trials increase the length of we will remember it.On childhood we usually continue to practice such skills as swimming, bicycle riding, and playing baseball long after we have learned them.We continue to listen to and remind ourselves childhood tales such as Cinderella and Goldilocks.We not only learn but overlearn.‎ The multiplication tables（乘法口诀表）are an exception to the general rule that we forget rather quickly the things that we learn in school,because they are another of the things we overlearn in childhood.‎ The law of overlearning explains why cramming（突击学习）for an examination,though it may result in a passing grade,is not a satisfactory way to learn a college course.By cramming,a student may learn the subject well enough to get by on the examination,but he is likely soon to forget almost everything he learned.A little overlearning,on the other hand,is really necessary for one’s future development.‎ 通过“代词”看懂段落 People have different tastes in food.Some feel that they haven’t eaten a meal unless they have had steak or other red meat.Some prefer chicken or fish and eat one or the other at every meal.Others prefer vegetables and fruits or grains and would enjoy a meal of spaghetti,eggplant and fresh fruit.Others could live on what were called fast-foods:a hamburger or hot dog,French fries and a soft drink.‎ When I was a boy growing up in New Jersey in the 1960s,we had a milkman delivering milk to our doorstep.His name was Mr.Basille.He wore a white cap and drove a white truck.As a 5-year-old boy,I couldn’t take my eyes off the coin changer fixed to his belt.He noticed this one day during a delivery and gave me a quarter out of his coin changer.‎ 最后两个月，如何拯救我们的单词？‎ 很多“英语好”的同学根本不“背”单词的。‎ 高中单词的重复率实在是太高了！‎ 真正有效的单词记忆手段：‎ 利用阅读理解背单词！‎ （1） 先把单词查出来；‎ （2） 抄到本子上；‎ （3） 背过；‎ （4） 再反复读懂文章。‎ ‎（最好是朗读）‎ ‎ 单词记忆原理：‎ ‎ Pig 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ 我们：pig----pig----“猪”‎ ‎ 老外：pig----‎ ‎╭︿︿︿╮ ‎ ‎{/ o o /} ‎ ‎ ( (oo) ) ‎ ‎ ︶ ︶︶‎ ‎ 问题的根源：语感 ‎ 语感=语言和感觉建立联系。‎ ‎ Pain ‎ Angry Shock ‎ 英语学习的真理 药用想象力，而非记忆力来学英语。‎ 二、过渡词 ‎【心法】最好每句话都要用上过渡词！‎ ‎【范文1】写一个段落感谢Sue老师 Sue, needless to say, I thank you. First and foremost, there is no doubt that you taught so well that our English has been greatly improved. Additionally, it is obvious that we learned a lot; consequently, we all have fallen in love with this beautiful language. Last but certainly not least, no o ‎【范文2】写一个段落感谢你的妈妈。‎ Mom, needless to say, I thank you. First and foremost, there is no doubt that you love me so much that my life has been flooded with endless harmony and happiness. Additionally, it is obvious that you are doing whatever you can to(尽其所能去做某事) care about me so that I can enjoy a happy and healthy growth. Last but not least, no one can deny you look after me every day, which I will cherish forever. ‎ ‎【附】常用过渡词 文章的过渡之所以必要,是因为写作时从一个时间到另一个时间、从一个地点到另一个地点、从一个人物到另一个人物、从一个事件到另一个事件,或者由于插叙和 倒叙的更替 、叙述和议论的变换、正面描写和侧面描写 的结合等多种情况 ,这就少不了过渡。过渡的实质是承上启下 ,就是在文章的结构上搭设 一 座逻辑的桥 ,把上下文所写 的两个内容衔接起来,使文章的思路自然通畅。‎ 要想过一条河方法很多可以游过去,可以乘船过去,还可以架桥过去……至于选择哪种方法最合适,要根据河面的宽度、河水的深度而定。同样,文章的句与句、段与段之间也有大大小小的河,其过渡方式也多种多样,若能恰到好处地选择,文章就能前后一贯、逻辑严密、结构紧凑。‎ ‎【最常用的段落框架】‎ On the one hand,... . On the other hand,... .‎ For one thing, ... . For another, ... .‎ First and foremost, ... Additionally,.../In addition,... Last but (certainly) not least,.. .‎ To begin/start with,... Moreover,... Furthermore,... / What's more,... Finally,...‎ ‎【十五大类过渡词】‎ 温馨提示：有必要一一研读！对写作、完型、翻译都很有帮助！花30分钟抄几遍吧！‎ 最佳学习方法：先把全部的学一遍，再挑出你自己写作时可能用到的背过！‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎(1)表并列关系的过渡词:‎ and, also, as well, as well as, or, too, not only ... but also, both ... and, either ... or, neither ... nor ‎(2)表递进关系的过渡词:‎ besides, in addition ( 加之, 除……之外) , moreover (此外, 而且), what’ s more ( 更重要的是) , what’ s worse(更糟糕的是)‎ ‎(3)表转折对比的过渡词:‎ but, however, yet, instead, on the other hand, on the contrary(相反), although, despite, in spite of, whereas ‎(而) , unlike, nevertheless(然而) , not only ... but also, years ago ... today, the former... the latter, the first ... Whereas the second, once ... now, on the one hand ...on the other hand, some ... others ‎(4)表原因的过渡词:‎ because, because of, since, as, for, now that, thanks to, due to(由于)‎ ‎(5)表结果的过渡词:‎ So, ...； Thus,...； therefore,...； as a result,...； so that,...； then,...；‎ hence ( 因此),...； so ...that...； such ... That ... ；‎ ‎(6)表条件的过渡词:‎ If = on condition that(条件是)； as/so long as(只要)； unless； ‎ ‎(7)表时间的过渡词:‎ when, while, after, before, until, as soon as, later, afterwards ( 事后) , soon, lately, recently, since, from then on, eventually, in the meantime, then, suddenly, at the same time, next, early this morning / year / century, after a while, in a few days, now, presently, finally, at last, all of a sudden, from now on, at present, immediately, the moment ‎(8)表特定的顺序关系的过渡词:‎ first, firstly, second, secondly, third, thirdly, above all, first of all, then, next, finally, in the end, at last, afterward( s) (后来) , meanwhile (几乎同时) , thereafter(在那以后) , last, finally,‎ eventually(终于)‎ ‎(9)表"换一种方式表达"的过渡词:‎ In other words,...； That is to say,...； To put it another way,...；‎ ‎(10)表进行举例说明的过渡词:‎ for instance, for example, like, such as，including,‎ ‎(11)表陈述事实的过渡词:‎ in fact, actually, as a matter of fact, to tell you the truth ‎(12)表强调的过渡词:‎ certainly, indeed, above all, surely, most importantly, in fact, no doubt, without any doubt, truly, obviously ‎(13)表比较的过渡词:‎ like, unlike, in the same way, similarly, similar to ‎(14)表目的的过渡词:‎ for this reason, for this purpose(为此), so that, in order to, so as to ‎(15)表总结的过渡词:‎ in a word(总之, 简言之), in general, in short (总之), above all, after all, generally 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ speaking, to sum up, finally, in conclusion, at last, in summary ‎【按照写作文时的具体用法分类】‎ ‎１ 有关“启” 的常用词语 用于引导主题句，或用于主题句的后面，引导第一个扩展句。‎ first(ly)/ at first/ first of all 第一， 最初， 首先 in the first place 首先， 第一 at present /now 现在 in the beginning 起初 to begin/start with 首先， 第一 for one thing 首先， (常与 for another 连用) （其次）‎ on the one hand 一方面 (常与 on the other hand连用) （另一方面）‎ currently 目前 lately/recently 最近 in general/generally speaking 一般来说 ‎2 有关“承” 的常用词语 用于承接主题句， 或第一个 （或前一个） 扩展句。‎ second(ly) 第二； 第二点 third (ly) 第三； 第三点 also/too 并且； 又， 也 besides (this) 此外 in addition 此外 in addition to 除…之外 furthermore/ moreover/ what is more 而且,此外 for another 其次 for example /instance 例如 as an example 例如 namely 即, 就是 then 然后 of course 当然 in other words 换句话说 in particular 特别,尤其 in the same way 同样地 after that 此后 afterwards 此后 after a few days 几天以后 after a while 过了一会儿 from now on 从此 later 后来 just as 正如 similarly 同样地 meanwhile/ at the same time 同时 by this time 此时 soon 不久 consequently 结果 ‎3 有关 “转” 的常用词语 用来表示不同或相反的情况 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ after all 毕竟 but 但是 yet 仍,然而 however 然而 nevertheless 尽管,如此 though / although 尽管如此 despite / in spite of 尽管 on the contrary 相反地 unlike… 与…不同 on the other hand 另一方面 unfortunately 不幸地 still 仍然 in fact/ as a matter of fact 事实上 ‎4 有关 “合” 的常用词语 用于小结段落中上文的内容， 引导最后一个扩展句或引 导结尾句表示段落的结束。‎ Finally/at last 最后,终于 in brief /short 简言之 in conclusion 总之 in summary 摘要地说 therefore 因此 thus 因此 to conclude/ summarize/ sum up 总而言之 briefly 简单地说 above all 最重要地 as a result 结果 as I have said 如我所述 at length 最后， 终于 eventually 最终 indeed 的确 surely 无疑 no doubt 毫无疑问 truly 的确 so 所以 obviously 显然 certainly 无疑 ‎5 表示过渡的词 这类词同样可以起到增强句子连贯性和文章流畅的词。‎ 表示增加的过渡词： also, and, and then, too, in addition, besides, furthermore, moreover, again another, above all,‎ 表示时间顺序的过渡词： now, then, before, after,afterwards, earlier, later,immediately, soon, next, in a few days, meanwhile, gradually, first, second, finally, till.‎ 表示空间顺序的过渡词 ： near, near to, far, far from, in front of, beside,beyond, above,below,to the right, to the left, around, behind, on one side….‎ 表示对比的过渡词： but,still, however， on the other hand，on the contrary, yet, in spite 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ of,nevertheless 表示比较的过渡词： in the same way, similarity, just like just as ，‎ 表示结果和原因的过渡词： because, since, so, as a result, therefore,then , hence, thus ,as.‎ ‎【过渡词专项练习】这里面除了练习一些过渡词，还练习了一些黄金圣衣句型 ‎2005 年湖北卷 (in fact, in my opinion,for one reason, so, for another reason, therefore)‎ I'm very glad to have received the letter you sent me two weeks ago. I've been think-ing about the question you asked me. __________, You should come back after you finish your studies abroad. __________, what you are studying is badly needed nowadays in China. It will be quite easy for you to find a good job. ___________, I know a few big companies in our city are hoping to hire people like you. ____________, I think it will be much more convenient for you to look after your parents as they are getting old. I think it's a good idea for you to return. _______________, what are you waiting for?‎ 答案：In my opinion, For one reason, In fact, For another reason, Therefore, So ‎2005 年福建卷 (in my opinion, it is known to us all, what’ s more, on the other hand, so, but, instead of )‎ My Opinion on Cheating in Examinations ‎ ‎ ___________that some students cheat in examinations at school.As students, we often take examinations at school._________, sometimes we have too many examinations which are too difficult for us. _________, some of us are lazy and don’ t work hard at our lessons. ___________, when taking examinations, they sometimes cheat in order to get better results to please their parents and teachers.‎ ‎ _________, it is wrong to cheat in examinations because it breaks the rules of schools. We students should be honest and try to get good results by studying hard __________ cheating in examinations._________ ,we should improve our study methods and get well prepared for examinations.‎ 答案：It’ s known to us all, but, On the other hand, So, In my opinion, instead of, What's more 点评：这里的on the other hand有点不地道，anyway，这就是中国高考！‎ ‎2006 年福建卷 (as we all know, only in this way, surely, therefore, in my opinion, however, as well as, besides)‎ ‎ __________, we are what we eat.__________, it’ s very important for us to form healthy eating habits.‎ ‎ __________, bad eating habits are still very common among us students. Some of us often go to school without breakfast; some like to have snacks; some others are particular about food; and still some eat or drink too much. All these bad habits will __________do harm to our health.‎ ‎ To keep fit, we should have various healthy diets, which generally include proper amounts of fish, meat, vegetables, fruit______ main food. ________, we'd better have meals regularly.‎ ‎ _____________ , we should try to develop healthy eating habits to build up a strong body.___________ can we have enough energy to study better.‎ 答案：As we all know, Therefore, However, surely, as well as, Besides, In my opinion, Only in this way 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ 第八讲、阅读理解核心笔记与高频词汇 阅读理解考你什么？‎ ‎“阅读理解不是考你看完文章之后答出五道题，而是通过五道题看你能否读懂这篇文章！”‎ ‎【阅读理解文章中的三种信息】‎ ‎1、有效信息：主题、重点 ‎2、干扰信息：和错误选项对应，应尽量少读 ‎3、无效信息：非重点 ‎【读懂什么？】‎ ‎1、主题：（段、篇）‎ ‎2、重点：（读句子）‎ 读懂主题和重点，就相当于读懂一篇文章了！‎ 因此，阅读理解=抓主题+找重点！‎ 阅读理解 ‎=读懂一篇文章 ‎ =读懂有效信息 ‎ =抓主题+找重点 ‎ 有些信息是不用读的！‎ 阅读理解高分能力之一：抓主题 1、 何为主题？‎ 主题：文章描述的对象 主旨：文章关于该对象的观点、态度 2、 抓主题有什么用？‎ 看懂这篇文章在“讲什么”，帮你解决“主旨题”‎ 帮你排除“细节题”中，不符合主旨的选项！‎ 3、 如何抓主题？‎ 寻找“重复词”‎ 读懂主题句 （1） 段落首尾句 （2） 问答处，问题给主题、答语给主旨。‎ （3） 首句之中或之后出现but（转折）或because（因果），则but、because之后是主题 （4） 冒号、破折号揭示文章主题 例子：‎ Honey from the American forest is not only a kind of natural sugar, it is also delicious.……In parts of Africa, though, people and animals looking for honey has a strange and unexpected helper-a little bird called a honey guide.‎ The honey guide does not actually like honey,but it does like the wax in the beehives(蜂房)‎ Scientists do not know why the honey guide likes eating the wax,but it is very 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ determined in its efforts to get it.‎ 问题：‎ What can be the best title for the text?‎ A. Wild Bees B. Wax and Honey C. Beekeeping in Africa D. Honey-Lover’s Helper 解题关键 1、 读懂首尾句，明确文章主题：honey guide 2、 搞清“honey guide”是什么 ‎【2012新课标·D篇】‎ Grown-ups are often surprised by how well they remember something they learned as children but have never practiced ever since.A man……He……He can ……A mother who has not thought about the words for years can teach her daughter the poem that begins “Twinkle,twinkle,little star”or remember the story of Cinderella or Goldilocks and the Three Bears.‎ 问题 What is the main idea of Paragraph 1?‎ A. People remember well what they learned in childhood.‎ B. Children habe a better memory than words.‎ C. Poem reading is a good way to learn words.‎ D. Stories for children are easy to remember.‎ 解题关键 1、 明确段落结构，全力读懂首句 2、 明确段落主题：小时候学的东西记得牢！‎ 阅读理解高分能力之二：找重点 1、 何为重点？‎ 2、 找重点有什么用？‎ 3、 如何找重点？‎ ‎（一）何为重点？‎ 答：题目考的就是重点！‎ If a child is interested in the univers, they probably will visit _____.‎ What can kids do at a Youtheater?‎ What does “hands-on science”means in the last paragraph?‎ ‎(二)找重点有什么用？‎ 答：解答“细节题”！‎ ‎（三）如何找重点？‎ ‎1、利用题干“关键词”寻找重点！‎ ‎ （1）“一眼秒杀”型关键词：人名、地名、数字、年代、时间、日期、大写字母、特殊标点符号 What can kids do at a Youtheater?‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ What does “hands-on science”mean in the last paragraph?‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ (2)“同义替换”型关键词：核心名词、核心动词、形容词副词以及其比较急好最高级 ‎ If a child is interested in the universe, he will probably will visit____‎ ‎ 【2012新课标·A篇】‎ ‎ Are you looking for some new and exciting places to take your kids to? Try some of these plces:‎ ‎ Visit art museums.They offer a variety of activities to excite your kids’ interest.Many offer workshops for making hand-made pieces,traveling exhibits,book signings（签名）by children’s favorite writers, and even musical performances and other arts.‎ ‎ 问题：‎ ‎ If a child is interested in the universe,he probably will visit____‎ ‎ A.a Youtheater ‎ B.an art museum ‎ C.a natural history museum ‎ D.a hands-on-science museum.‎ ‎ 解题技巧：‎ ‎ “找到关键词，读懂一整句；读完还不够，上下看一句”（有可能会一连看好几句）‎ ‎ Go to a Youtheater.Look for one in your area offering plays for child and family visitors.Pre-show play shops are conducted by area artists and educators where kids can discover the secret about performing arts.Puppet（木偶）making and stage make-up are just a couple of the special offerings you might find.‎ ‎ What can kids do at a Youtheater?‎ A. Look at rock collections.‎ B. See dinosaur models C. Watch puppet making D. Give performances.‎ 解题技巧：‎ ‎ 标汉字的地方是命题老师认为不得不读的重点！‎ ‎ 【2012新课标·A篇】‎ Try hands-on science.Visit one of the many hands-on scince museums around the country.These science play-lands are great fun for kids and grown-up alike.They’ll keep your child mentally and physically active the whole day through while pushing buttons,experimenting and building.When everyone is tired,enjoy a fun family secence show,commonly found in these museums.‎ What does “hand-on science”mean in the last paragraph?‎ A. Science games designed by kids.‎ B. Learning science by doing things.‎ C. A show of kids’science work.‎ D. Reading science books.‎ 解题技巧：“代词”说明在“解释”！‎ 如何快速找重点？‎ 1、 顺序一致原则 （1） 对于“细节题”，题目排列的顺序和对应的重点句在原文中出现的顺序前后一致。‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ （1） 多段落文章（段落超过五个）会有例外！‎ 1、 主题一致原则 （1） 利用题干主题和原文“段落主题”的对应关系，将题目对号入座 （2） ‎“细节题”一般不跨越段落 2、 同义替换原则 （1） 题干关键词和原文中对应的重点信息句会有同义词替换现象 （2） 包含与原文重点信息句同意替换现象的选项是正确选项。‎ ‎【2012新课标·B篇】‎ Honey from the African forest is not only a kind of natural sugar, it is also delicious.Most people,and many animals,like eating it.However,the only way for them to get that honey is to find a wild bees nest and take the honey from it.Often,these nests are high up in trees,and it is difficult to find them.In parts of Africa,though,people and animals looking for honey have a strange and unexpected helper –a little bird called a honey guide.‎ 问题：‎ Why is it difficult to find a wild bee’s nest?‎ A. It is small in size.‎ B. It is hidden in trees.‎ C. It is coverd with wax.‎ D. It is hard to recognize.‎ ‎ Once it has their attention,it flies through the forest,waiting from time to time for the curious animal or person as it lead s them to the nest.When they finally arrive at the nest,the follower reaches in to get at the delicious honey,and the wax,always falls to the ground,and this is when the honey guide takes its share.‎ ‎ Scientists do not know why the honey guide likes eatding the wax,but it is very determined in its efforts to get it……‎ ‎ 问题：‎ ‎ What do the word “the follower”in Paragraph 2?‎ ‎ A.A bee ‎ B.A bird ‎ C.A honey seeker ‎ D.A beekeeper ‎ The honey guide is special in the way ____‎ A. it gets its food B. it goes to church C. it sings in the forest D. it reaches into bees’ nests 文章规律 ‎【七大出题位置】‎ （1） 段落首尾局 （2） ‎“转折”‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ （1） ‎“因果”‎ （2） ‎“唯一”‎ （3） 比较级、最高级 （4） 特殊标点符号 （5） 长难句 ‎【两大题型】‎ （1） 主旨题 （2） 细节题 一般细节题：利用题干定位重点信息句 复杂细节题：每个选项需要分别定位 因果关系题：why……？有因果词看因果词，无因果词看解释句 推断词义：词本无义，义由境生。‎ 指代关系题：“代词”说明在解释，看上文 作者态度题:利用主题句和某些形容词、副词判断 推断题：选择最“同义替换”的选项 选项规律 a) 正确选项：符合主题、同义替换 b) 错误选项：【阅读理解七宗罪】（重要）‎ 1) 以偏概全：主旨题 2) 偷换概念：原文中的A事物和选项中的A事物含义不同。（含有数字的选项）‎ a) 张冠李戴：将文中两事物的属性搞混；‎ b) 正反混淆：将原文含义颠倒黑白。‎ c) 无中生有：选项含有与原文无关的内容（名、形、动、副）。 ‎ 3) 移花接木：跨段落设置干扰选项。 ‎ 4) 答非所问+照抄原文*：以原文某句话直接作答，但该句话无法回答所问的问题。‎ 5) 语法变异： ‎ a) ‎“修饰词程度”变异； ‎ b) ‎“比较关系”变异； ‎ c) ‎ “时态”变异；‎ 6) 逻辑变异：‎ a) 因果倒置 b) 过度推断 c) 绝对化（不合常识）‎ 7) 与主题不符： ‎ 选项本身讲得很对，但并不是本文主要讨论的内容。 ‎ ‎ 问题 ‎ If a child is interested in the universe,he probably will visit____‎ ‎ A.a Youtheater ‎ B.an art museum ‎ C.a natural history museum ‎ D.a hands-on science museum What can kids do at a Youtheater?‎ A. Look at rock cellections.‎ B. See dinosaur models.‎ C. Watch puppet making.‎ D. Give perfoumances.‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ What does “hands-on science”mean in the last paragraph?‎ A. Science games designed by kids.‎ B. Learning science by doding things.‎ C. A show of kids’scence work D. Reading science books.‎ Why is it difficult to find a wild bees’nest?‎ A. It is small in size.‎ B. It is hidden in tree.‎ C. It is covered with wax.‎ D. It is hard to recogenize.‎ What can be the best title for the text?‎ A. Wild Bees B. Wax and Honey C. Beekeeping in Africa D. Honey-Lover’s Helper ‎【总结】阅读理解解题步骤：‎ Step1:读首末段首尾句和各段首句，看看整篇文章在说什么、各段分别在讲什么【抓主题】 ‎ Step2:做细节题，利用关键词回原文定位重点信息【找重点】‎ Step3:在理解文章主题和信息重点的基础上，利用“假设法”做主旨题。 ‎ 阅读理解要学什么？‎ 1、 句子 a) ‎“三长两短一并列”‎ i. 在阅读中：‎ 1. 精读各段首末句（读懂主题）‎ 2. 精读由题干关键词定位到的重点信息句（读懂重点）‎ ii. 在完型中：‎ 精读每一句！‎ b) ‎“组件分析三步法”‎ c) 作业：彻底读懂（消化）120篇文章 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ i. 黑笔：画括号、方框、三角 ii. 红笔：圈“挂钩单词”‎ iii. 橙色荧光：固定搭配（ ）（ ）‎ iv. 绿色荧光：生词 2、 段落 ‎【定义】“按照一定的逻辑组合在一起的句子的集合。”‎ a) 分析句子的功能：‎ i. B：Background 背景 ii. T：Topic 主题 iii. E：Explanation 解释 iv. E’: Example例子 v. C: Conclusion 总结 b) ‎“结构化”阅读法：‎ 最低目标：标出各段主题句 最高目标：标出各句话的功能（BTEEC）‎ ‎【注】‎ 主题：某句、某段、某文章所指向的对象 主旨：对于主题的描述 3、 篇章 a) 记叙文：‎ 关注“时间词”；“议论句”；”心情句”；‎ ‎ （叙事说理）（叙事抒情）‎ b) 说明文：关注各段主题句 i. 从不同方面说明一个事物 ii. 从不同阶段说明一个事物 c) 社会科学类：‎ i. 社会现象/社会问题（负态度）： ‎ 个别à一般à分析原因à建议措施à总结展望 ii. 社会生活片段：各段主题句 1. 明确主题：‎ 2. 明确态度：（正态度）‎ d) 自然科学类：‎ i. ‎【自然现象】à假说（理论）à实验à结论 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ i. ‎【科学实验】研究对象à研究过程à实验结论 b) 应用文（广告）：找！‎ 2、 题型 a) 主旨题 i. main idea; purpose; title ii. ‎“先主题，后主旨”‎ iii. ‎“假设法”：假设主旨是该选项，反推原文是否应当这样写；‎ iv. ‎“论点论据分析法”：四个选项中，总有两个选项比较抽象（论点）；另外两个选项比较具体（论据）；此时，优先排除具体选项，再选择这两个具体选项所支持的抽象选项。 ‎ v. 读：首段首句、首段尾句、每段首句、尾段尾句。‎ b) 细节题：找+读懂一句 i. 关键词原则：‎ 1. 人名、地名、数字、年代、时间、日期、大写；‎ 2. 核心名词；核心动词；形容词副词的比较级或最高级 ii. 主题一致原则（对号入座）‎ 1. 利用题干主题和段落主题的对应关系，判断该题应该在哪一段。‎ 2. ‎“先主题，后细节”：正确选项应与段落及篇章主题契合。‎ 3. 答题时，一般不跨越段落寻找答案。‎ iii. 顺序一致原则：‎ 1. 题目的先后顺序和对应的有效信息在原文中的顺序是基本一致的 2. 当文章段落特别多的时候，可能有例外。‎ iv. 同义替换原则：‎ 1. 题干关键词或正确选项是原文句子的“同义替换”。‎ 2. 纯技巧：当句子读不懂时，选择跟原文信息“同义替换”的选项。‎ 3、 选项 a) 正确选项：符合主题、同义替换 b) 错误选项：【阅读理解七宗罪】（重要）‎ 1) 以偏概全：主旨题 2) 偷换概念：原文中的A事物和选项中的A事物含义不同。（含有数字的选项）‎ a) 张冠李戴：将文中两事物的属性搞混；‎ b) 正反混淆：将原文含义颠倒黑白。‎ c) 无中生有：选项含有与原文无关的内容（名、形、动、副）。 ‎ 3) 移花接木：跨段落设置干扰选项。 ‎ 4) 答非所问+照抄原文*：以原文某句话直接作答，但该句话无法回答所问的问题。‎ 5) 语法变异： ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ a) ‎“修饰词程度”变异； ‎ b) ‎“比较关系”变异； ‎ c) ‎ “时态”变异；‎ 2) 逻辑变异：‎ a) 因果倒置 b) 过度推断 c) 绝对化（不合常识）‎ 3) 与主题不符： ‎ 选项本身讲得很对，但并不是本文主要讨论的内容。 ‎ ‎【总结】阅读理解解题步骤：‎ Step1:用“点面结合法”读文章，了解各段主题；‎ 首段首句，首段尾句，每段首句，尾段尾句。‎ ‎--如果首句之后有But；要看but之后的内容 ‎--如果首句之后有because；要看because之后的内容 ‎--如果有“自问自答”处，问题给主题，答语给主旨 ‎ 注：主要看名词，因为“核心名词 = 文章主题”。 ‎ Step2:做细节题（找+//读一整句//+对照+排除）‎ 找：1、人名、地名、数字、年代、时间、日期、大写字母；‎ ‎ 2、核心名词、核心动词、形容词副词的比较级和最高级 技巧：“顺序一致原则”、”同义替换原则”… ‎ Step3:做主旨题（假设法、论点论据分析法）‎ ‎【小技巧】‎ ‎1、注汉字的地方就是命题老师认为不得不读懂的地方！‎ ‎2、并列处先不读；并列处要么不选，要么全选；‎ ‎3、人名后面的身份不读；‎ ‎4、各种“过程”不读；‎ ‎【过渡词专项练习】这里面除了练习一些过渡词，还练习了一些黄金圣衣句型 ‎【2005 年湖北卷】 (in fact, in my opinion,for one reason, so, for another reason, therefore)‎ I'm very glad to have received the letter you sent me two weeks ago. I've been think-ing about the question you asked me. __________, You should come back after you finish your studies abroad. __________, what you are studying is badly needed nowadays in China. It will be quite easy for you to find a good job. ___________, I know a few big companies in our city are hoping to hire people like you. ____________, I think it will be much more convenient for you to look after your parents as they are getting old. I think it's a good idea for you to return. _______________, what are you waiting for?‎ 答案：In my opinion, For one reason, In fact, For another reason, Therefore, So ‎【2005 年福建卷】 (in my opinion, it is known to us all, what’ s more, on the other hand, so, but, instead of )‎ My Opinion on Cheating in Examinations ‎ ___________that some students cheat in examinations at school.As students, we often take examinations at school._________, sometimes we have too many examinations which are too 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ difficult for us. _________, some of us are lazy and don’ t work hard at our lessons. ___________, when taking examinations, they sometimes cheat in order to get better results to please their parents and teachers.‎ ‎ _________, it is wrong to cheat in examinations because it breaks the rules of schools. We students should be honest and try to get good results by studying hard __________ cheating in examinations._________ ,we should improve our study methods and get well prepared for examinations.‎ 答案：It’ s known to us all, but, On the other hand, So, In my opinion, instead of, What's more 点评：这里的on the other hand有点不地道，anyway，这就是中国高考！‎ ‎【2006 年福建卷】 (as we all know, only in this way, surely, therefore, in my opinion, however, as well as, besides)‎ ‎ __________, we are what we eat.__________, it’ s very important for us to form healthy eating habits.‎ ‎ __________, bad eating habits are still very common among us students. Some of us often go to school without breakfast; some like to have snacks; some others are particular about food; and still some eat or drink too much. All these bad habits will __________do harm to our health.‎ ‎ To keep fit, we should have various healthy diets, which generally include proper amounts of fish, meat, vegetables, fruit______ main food. ________, we'd better have meals regularly.‎ ‎ _____________ , we should try to develop healthy eating habits to build up a strong body.___________ can we have enough energy to study better.‎ 答案：As we all know, Therefore, However, surely, as well as, Besides, In my opinion, Only in this way 第九讲、完形填空重点词汇及短语 完形=单词+文章 单词=词意+搭配+辨析 文章=上文（30%）+下文（70%）‎ 一、词意题 例子 ‎18.A．curiousity 好奇心 B.exitement 兴奋 ‎ C．misunderstanding 误解，误会 D.nervousness 紧张；神经质 ‎2.A．successful 成功的 B.extra额外的 ‎ C．satisfying 令人满意的 D.convenient 方便的 如何高效解决词义题？‎ 答：识记完形填空高频单词 ‎3618‎ ‎1514‎ ‎640‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ 补充资料1:640个高频单词 ‎《1993-2012高考英语完形填空高频单词》‎ 二、搭配题 When,two weeks later,I 8 this same boy,I was more aware of my position in Nigerian society.I should 9(enjoy) this country as the son of a minister.‎ A.ran after B.ran into C.ran over D.ran to She made a ____ and wore diamonds and designer clothes.‎ A.decision B.foutune C.business D.Plan 如何高效解决搭配题？‎ 1、 理解介词的用法，进而理解各个搭配。‎ 2、 补充资料2:450个固定搭配 ‎《2013高考完形填空固定搭配》‎ 三、辨析题 ‎1.quality quantity ‎2.quiet quite ‎3.provide supply offer ‎4.faith truth reality ‎5.common ordinary usual general normal 如何高效解决辨析题 补充资料3:100个常考辨析 ‎《2013高考完形填空重点词汇辨析》‎ 学会做题：完形填空步骤 Step1：死活读懂第一句；‎ Step2：边读、边选 注意：一旦遇到“拿不准”的题目，死也不要蒙，只需“往下看”，线索在下文！‎ 此乃完形填空拿高分的第一秘诀！‎ Step3：整篇读完，查缺补漏。‎ ‎2012年高考英语山东卷 Whenever we hear about “the homeless,”, most of us think of the Developing world. But the 36 is that homelessness is everywhere. For example, how many of us would expect to see people living on the streets of a 37 country like Germany?‎ Kurt Muller and his wife Rita have spent eleven years making 38 for the homeless of Berlin, Germany’s capital. They first 39 one long hot summer when most Germans were 40 on holiday. Kurt and his wife stayed at home, made sandwiches, 41 a table in the street and gave food to the homeless. ‎ The Mullers soon realized that food and clothing weren’t 42 . “What these people also need is warmth and 43 ,” says Rita. The Mullers didn’t 44 to give their phone number to the street people and told them to phone anytime. Rita 45 there was somebody ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ at home to answer the phone and their home was always 46 to anyone who couldn’t face another night on the street. ‎ The couple were soon 47 all their time and money, so Kurt visited food and clothing companies to 48 donations. Today, over thirty companies 49 donate food and other goods to the cause and volunteers help to 50 them to the homeless. The public also give clothes and money and a shoe producer 51 new shoes. ‎ Kurt and Rita receive no 52 for their hard work. “ We feel like parents,” says Rita, “and parents shouldn’t 53 money for helping their children. The love we get on the streets is our salary.” Though Rita admits she often gets 54 . She says she will continue with her work because she likes the feeling of having made a 55 in the world. ‎ ‎36. A. result B. truth C. reason D. idea ‎37. A. traditional B. developing C. typical D. wealthy ‎38. A. preparations B. houses C. meals D. suggestions ‎ ‎39. A. began B. met C. called D. left ‎ ‎40. A. asleep B. alone C. across D. away ‎41. A. brought up B. set up C. put aside D. gave away ‎42. A. enough B. necessary C. helpful D. expensive ‎ ‎43. A. fame B. freedom C. courage D. caring ‎ ‎44. A. hesitate B. agree C. pretend D. intend ‎45. A. make sense B. found out C. make sure D. worked out ‎ ‎46. A. open B. crowded C. noisy D. near ‎47. A. costing B. wasting C. taking D. spending ‎48. A. pay for B. ask for C. look into D. carry out ‎49. A. completely B. calmly C. regularly D. roughly ‎ ‎50. A. advertise B. sell C. deliver D. lend ‎ ‎51. A. donates B. produces C. designs D. collects ‎ ‎52. A. permission B. payment C. direction D. support ‎53. A. borrow B. raise C. save D. expect ‎ ‎54. A. surprised B. excited C. tired D. amused ‎ ‎55. A. profit B. difference C. decision D. rule 总结 完形填空如何提高？‎ 答：三套资料+一个方法 单词 搭配 “往下看”‎ 辨析 历年完形填空短语汇总 ‎ 1 a host of 大量 ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ 2 a test for检测目的 ‎ ‎ 3 a test on对……进行测试 ‎ ‎ 4 a test with检测手段 ‎ ‎ 5 above all 最重要的; ‎ ‎ 6 according to根据 ‎ ‎ 7 achieve equilibrium取得平衡 ‎ ‎ 8 achieve one’s purpose达到目的 ‎ ‎ 9 achieve success 获得成功 ‎ ‎ 10 achieve victory获得胜利 ‎ ‎ 11 act on 遵照┄行动，作用于； ‎ ‎ 12 act on对…有影响 ‎ ‎ 13 add up to 总计，合计 ‎ ‎ 14 add… to 把…加到…. ‎ ‎ 15 adhere to 坚持，奉行； ‎ ‎ 16 after all 毕竟，均不合题意； ‎ ‎ 17 agree on对……取得一致意见 ‎ ‎ 18 agree to同意 ‎ ‎ 19 agree with sb.同意某人的话 ‎ ‎ 20 along with 和┄一道,和┄一起; ‎ ‎ 21 alternate (with)交替； ‎ ‎ 22 amount to 合计,共计; ‎ ‎ 23 an equal to与……相当的人/物，(地位)相同的人 ‎ ‎ 24 and yet然而 ‎ ‎ 25 anything but 一点也不； ‎ ‎ 26 anything like像……那样的东西 ‎ ‎ 27 anywhere near接近于 ‎ ‎ 28 apart form除……之外尚有 ‎ ‎ 29 apply to 向……申请，适用于 ‎ ‎ 30 appreciation of对……的欣赏/赞赏 ‎ ‎ 31 argue against 反对 ‎ ‎ 32 as a result of作为……的结果，由于 ‎ ‎ 33 as a result ‎（作为结果，因此）表结果，用不用逗号隔开看情况而定； ‎ ‎ 34 as a whole 作为一个整体，整个看来 ‎ ‎ 35 as far as …/are concerned就……而言 ‎ ‎ 36 as for至于，就…方面说 ‎ ‎ 37 as if好像，仿佛 ‎ ‎ 38 as soon as一~就~ ‎ ‎ 39 as though好像，仿佛 ‎ ‎ 40 as to 至于，关于； ‎ ‎ 41 as well也，一样 ‎ ‎ 42 as yet迄今，到目前为止 ‎ ‎ 43 aside from 除┄之外; ‎ ‎ 44 associate … with…‎ 由……联想到……，把……联系起来 ‎ ‎ 45 association with与……的交往 ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ 46 at a disadvantage处于不利地位 ‎ ‎ 47 at a loss不知所措 ‎ ‎ 48 at a time每次，一次 ‎ ‎ 49 at all 丝毫,根本; ‎ ‎ 50 at any moment即使，随时。 ‎ ‎ 51 at first 首先,开始的时候; ‎ ‎ 52 at large未被捕获的,大多数; ‎ ‎ 53 at last 终于，最终； ‎ ‎ 54 at least至少 ‎ ‎ 55 at length 最终,详细地; ‎ ‎ 56 at most最多 ‎ ‎ 57 at no time从不，决不 ‎ ‎ 58 at one time曾经，从前曾 ‎ ‎ 59 at the cost of以……为代价 ‎ ‎ 60 at the least 至少； ‎ ‎ 61 at times有时,间或; ‎ ‎ 62 at…speed以……的速度 ‎ ‎ 63 attend on 照顾，侍候； ‎ ‎ 64 attribute … to 把……归于 ‎ ‎ 65 back up 后退，支持； ‎ ‎ 66 base on 基于 ‎ ‎ 67 be able to能够，胜任 ‎ ‎ 68 be about to正打算 ‎ ‎ 69 be accustomed to习惯于 ‎ ‎ 70 be associated with 与……有关，与……有关系 ‎ ‎ 71 be aware of 意识到； ‎ ‎ 72 be capable of 有能力干； ‎ ‎ 73 be caught 遇到，陷入 ‎ ‎ 74 be committed to被交给┄,答应承担┄义务; ‎ ‎ 75 be confined to 限制在,局限于; ‎ ‎ 76 be confined/be restricted受……限制 ‎ ‎ 77 be dedicated to 奉献,献给; ‎ ‎ 78 be devoted to 被用于，贡献给 ‎ ‎ 79 be directed to指向，针对 ‎ ‎ 80 be drawn to 被┄所吸引; ‎ ‎ 81 be due to由于，因此 ‎ ‎ 82 be exposed to 暴露在┄下,处在┄的作用之下; ‎ ‎ 83 be fond of 喜爱 ‎ ‎ 84 be full of 充满他 ‎ ‎ 85 be habitual to(him) 对(他来说)习以为常 ‎ ‎ 86 be in order合适，恰当。 ‎ ‎ 87 be involved in 参与，参加； ‎ ‎ 88 be involved with 与……有关连， ‎ ‎ 89 be left to 由┄来决定,由┄来想办法; ‎ ‎ 90 be limited to限制在┄,限定在┄; ‎ ‎ 91 be linked to/with something 与……连接 ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ 92 be proud of 为~而骄傲。 ‎ ‎ 93 be referred to被提及，被提交 ‎ ‎ 94 be related to与……有关 ‎ ‎ 95 be sick of 厌恶┄,讨厌┄; ‎ ‎ 96 be subject to 经受,遭受; ‎ ‎ 97 be suitable for适合于 ‎ ‎ 98 be sure of 对┄的肯定; ‎ ‎ 99 be thrown in 额外赠送 ‎ ‎ 100 be tied by/with被……捆绑 ‎ 101 be tied to 束缚于，捆绑于 ‎ ‎ 102 be tired of 厌倦┄,厌烦┄; ‎ ‎ 103 behind time 晚点 ‎ ‎ 104 belief in对……的真实性或正确性具有的信心 ‎ ‎ 105 believe(… to be) 相信……是 ‎ ‎ 106 better than好于…… ‎ ‎ 107 beyond question毋庸置疑 ‎ ‎ 108 break away脱离，逃跑 ‎ ‎ 109 break down 损坏，分解，瓦解 ‎ ‎ 110 break into闯入 ‎ ‎ 111 break in强行进行，打断 ‎ ‎ 112 break off断绝，结束 ‎ ‎ 113 break out突发，爆发 ‎ ‎ 114 break through突破 ‎ ‎ 115 break up终止，结束，打碎 ‎ ‎ 116 bring about 产生； ‎ ‎ 117 bring forward 提出。 ‎ ‎ 118 bring out 使出现；公布；出版； ‎ ‎ 119 bring up 培养，养大； ‎ ‎ 120 by accident偶然，含有不幸的因素 ‎ ‎ 121 by all means无论如何，必定 ‎ ‎ 122 by chance偶然，意外地 ‎ ‎ 123 by choice处于选择 ‎ ‎ 124 by contrast 对比之下; ‎ ‎ 125 by means of 用，依靠； 借助于 ‎ ‎ 126 by means of借助于 ‎ ‎ 127 by mistake错误地 ‎ ‎ 128 by the way顺便提一下 ‎ ‎ 129 by virtue of 凭借，借助；因为， ‎ ‎ 130 by way of经由，通过…方式 ‎ ‎ 131 call forth唤起，引起 ‎ ‎ 132 call for邀请，要求，需要 ‎ ‎ 133 call off放弃，取消 ‎ ‎ 134 call on/upon访问，拜访 ‎ ‎ 135 care for 照顾，关心 ‎ ‎ 136 carry out贯彻，执行，实现 ‎ ‎ 137 cast light on阐明某事； ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ 138 catch up with赶上； ‎ ‎ 139 catch sight of 看见； ‎ ‎ 140 center on 把┄集中在，以┄为中心； ‎ ‎ 141 characterized by 以┄为特征； ‎ ‎ 142 coincide with 与……相符 ‎ ‎ 143 come from 来自，来源于; ‎ ‎ 144 come off 成功； ‎ ‎ 145 come on 涉及，谈及，到达，结束，总共，共计，突然想起 ‎ ‎ 146 come out出版，出现，结局是 ‎ ‎ 147 come to 等于,结果是; 总计，达到 ‎ ‎ 148 come under attack受到打击 ‎ ‎ 149 come under归人，受到 ‎ 150 come up 发生，形成； ‎ ‎ 151 comment on 评论，发表意见； ‎ ‎ 152 commit to交付，把……投入 ‎ ‎ 153 comply with 遵守，服从； ‎ ‎ 154 conform to 遵守，符合，顺应 ‎ ‎ 155 consist of组成 ‎ ‎ 156 consistent in 在(某方面)一致 ‎ ‎ 157 consistent with与……一致 ‎ ‎ 158 contribute to 有助于 ，促进，加剧; ‎ ‎ 159 copy out 抄写； ‎ ‎ 160 correlate with找出一一对应的关系 ‎ ‎ 161 count on指望； ‎ ‎ 162 cut away 砍掉； ‎ ‎ 163 cut down 削减； ‎ ‎ 164 cut off 打断，中断； ‎ ‎ 165 cut out 删掉; ‎ ‎ 166 dedicate …to 奉献； ‎ ‎ 167 depend on依靠，依赖 ‎ ‎ 168 die back 枯死； ‎ ‎ 169 die down 逐渐消失；止息； ‎ ‎ 170 die off 相继死去； ‎ ‎ 171 die out消失；死绝; ‎ ‎ 172 difference in在……方面的差别 ‎ ‎ 173 do something for/to 改进，增强 ‎ ‎ 174 doubt about怀疑 ‎ ‎ 175 due to 由于，因为 ‎ ‎ 176 dwell on 利用 ‎ ‎ 177 enter for 报名参加； ‎ ‎ 178 enter into 开始 （谈话，讨论） ‎ ‎ 179 entertain a proposal愿意考虑这一建设 ‎ ‎ 180 entertain an idea抱着一种想法 ‎ ‎ 181 even if甚至，即使 ‎ ‎ 182 even though （虽然，尽管）表让步； ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ 183 ever since（自从┄之后，从此以后）表时间； ‎ ‎ 184 faithful to忠心于 ‎ ‎ 185 fall from 从…落下； ‎ ‎ 186 far from毫不，远非 ‎ ‎ 187 favor of喜欢 ‎ ‎ 188 figure out计算出 ‎ ‎ 189 find out查明 ‎ ‎ 190 focus on集中于，集中研究 ‎ ‎ 191 followed by 接着是; ‎ ‎ 192 for all 尽管; ‎ ‎ 193 for example举例来说 ‎ ‎ 194 for instance 和 such as 都表示举例，‎ 前者常接句子，后者常接名词或名词短语； ‎ ‎ 195 for instance 例如 ‎ ‎ 196 for the purpose of 为了┄目的； ‎ ‎ 197 for the sake of为了……起见 ‎ ‎ 198 frankly speaking坦白来说 ‎ ‎ 199 freedom from免于……(的自由) ‎ ‎ 200 from all appearances从所能见到和所能知道的情况判断 ‎ 201 from all sides 从四面八方，全面地 ‎ ‎ 202 from now on从现在开始 ‎ ‎ 203 from/by all accounts根据方面所说 ‎ ‎ 204 gather up拾起，集拢； ‎ ‎ 205 generally speaking一般来说 ‎ ‎ 206 get along with进展，相处融洽 ‎ ‎ 207 get away逃脱，离开 ‎ ‎ 208 get away逃脱，离开 ‎ ‎ 209 get down to开始，着手 ‎ ‎ 210 get in进入，收获，收集 ‎ ‎ 211 give in妥协，让步，投降，屈服 ‎ ‎ 212 give off放出，释放 ‎ ‎ 213 give out分发，放出 ‎ ‎ 214 give something away泄露 ‎ ‎ 215 give up停止，放弃 ‎ ‎ 216 give way让路，让步 ‎ ‎ 217 go beyond 超越，超过； ‎ ‎ 218 go by从……旁走过，顺访 ‎ ‎ 219 go for追求 ‎ ‎ 220 go in进入，参加 ‎ ‎ 221 go through经历 ‎ ‎ 222 hand on传下来，依次传递 ‎ ‎ 223 hand out分发，散发 ‎ ‎ 224 hand over交出，移交 ‎ ‎ 225 have a bearing on与……有关系 ‎ ‎ 226 have difficulty with与---有分歧，相处不好 ‎ 227 hold back踌躇，退缩，阻止 ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ 228 hold down 控制 ‎ ‎ 229 hold on to紧紧抓住，坚持 ‎ ‎ 230 hold on继续，握住不放，坚持 ‎ ‎ 231 hold out维持，伸出，提出，坚持 ‎ ‎ 232 hold up 保持良好，停止；阻滞 ‎ ‎ 233 hold up举起，承载，阻挡 ‎ ‎ 234 if only(要是，只要)表条件； ‎ ‎ 235 in use 在使用； ‎ ‎ 236 in … degree在……速度上 ‎ ‎ 237 in a sense ‎ ‎(从某种意义上说)它可以放在句首、句中或者句尾，一般不用逗号隔开； ‎ ‎ 238 in a state of 处于……的状态 ‎ ‎ 239 in a way从某一点上看 ‎ ‎ 240 in accord with与……一致 ‎ ‎ 241 in addition to 除……之外，并且 ‎ ‎ 242 in all 总共; ‎ ‎ 243 in any case 无论如何，不管怎样； ‎ ‎ 244 in case of 万一发生 … ‎ ‎ 245 in case 假使，以防； ‎ ‎ 246 in circles=in a circle在原地兜圈子，毫无进展 ‎ ‎ 247 in consequence 因此； ‎ ‎ 248 in doubt 有怀疑 ‎ ‎ 249 in effect ‎ ‎（实质上，实际上）它在句中一般不需要用逗号隔开； ‎ ‎ 250 in essence实质上，本质上，根本上 ‎ 251 in fact实际上 ‎ ‎ 252 in firm voice 用清晰，坚定的声音。 ‎ ‎ 253 in general 总的来说,大体上; ‎ ‎ 254 in general一般来说： ‎ ‎ 255 in line with 与┄一致，符合┄； ‎ ‎ 256 in mind心里想着某人或某事； ‎ ‎ 257 in need of 需要 ‎ ‎ 258 in no way决不 ‎ ‎ 259 in one’s opinion在某人看来 ‎ ‎ 260 in one’s terms用……的话来说 ‎ in one’s view根据……观点 ‎ ‎ 261 in one’s way/in the way妨碍，阻碍 ‎ ‎ 262 in order to为了 ‎ ‎ 263 in order 整齐，恰当 ‎ ‎ 264 in particular 尤其，特别； ‎ ‎ 265 in perspective 关系恰当地，观察合理地； ‎ ‎ 266 in point of 说到，关于 ‎ ‎ 267 in question 对… 表示 怀疑，有疑问 ‎ ‎ 268 in reference to 关于，就┄而论； ‎ ‎ 269 in regard to关于 ‎ ‎ 270 in relation to 关于，至于; ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ 271 in reply to 作为回答； ‎ ‎ 272 in response to ‎ 作为对┄的回答，作为对┄的反应； ‎ ‎ 273 in return for 作为对┄的汇报/交换； ‎ ‎ 274 in short 总之,简言之; ‎ ‎ 275 in spite of尽管； ‎ ‎ 276 in terms of 用┄的话；从┄方面来说； ‎ ‎ 277 in the analysis of 在对……进行分析时 ‎ ‎ 278 in the bargain 此外，还 ‎ ‎ 279 in the case of 至于┄，就┄来说；就…而论 ‎ ‎ 280 in the company of 陪伴，伴随 ； ‎ ‎ 281 in the course of 在……过程中，在……期间 ‎ ‎ 282 in the end最后 ‎ ‎ 283 in the event of 万一发生; ‎ ‎ 284 in the form of以┄形状，以┄形式； ‎ ‎ 285 in the light of鉴于，由于； ‎ ‎ 286 in the process of 在┄的过程中； ‎ ‎ 287 in time后来渐渐,终于 ; ‎ ‎ 288 in turn 依次地,反过来; ‎ ‎ 289 in vain徒劳 ‎ ‎ 290 in whole 整个地 ‎ ‎ 291 infuse … into注入 ‎ ‎ 292 insist on坚持，一定要 ‎ ‎ 293 instead of 代替 ‎ ‎ 294 interest in对……的兴趣 ‎ ‎ 295 irrespective of不顾的,不考虑的; ‎ ‎ 296 isolate …from 使~与~隔离；使孤立 ； ‎ ‎ 297 it used to be 过去的情况是…… ‎ ‎ 298 join in 参加（某种活动）； ‎ ‎ 299 lay emphasis on 强调； ‎ ‎ 300 lay/put blame on责怪，归咎于 ‎ 301 lead off 开始； ‎ ‎ 302 lead on 继续引领； ‎ ‎ 303 lead out 开始； ‎ ‎ 304 lead to 导致; ‎ ‎ 305 less than 不如，少于 ‎ ‎ 306 link together联系在一起 ‎ ‎ 307 long before早在┄之前，很久以前 ‎ ‎ 308 look on旁观，观看 ‎ ‎ 309 loyal to忠诚于 ‎ ‎ 310 make a step 走一步 ‎ ‎ 311 make for 有助于，有利于； ‎ ‎ 312 make one’s way前进，行进 ‎ ‎ 313 make out 弄懂；辨认，开出（支票，药方等） ‎ ‎ 314 make sure 查明，弄确实； ‎ ‎ 315 make towards朝…走去 ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ 316 make way开路，让路 ‎ ‎ 317 mean by ……的意思，……意味着 ‎ ‎ 318 more … than 比……更……，与其说……不如说……，不是……而是 ‎ ‎ 319 more than不仅，不止;多于… ‎ ‎ 320 much as（虽然，尽管）表让步； ‎ ‎ 321 no less … than和…一样…，既…又… ‎ ‎ 322 no more … than既不会…也不会 ‎ ‎ 323 not … but … 不是…而是… ‎ ‎ 324 now that(既然，由于)表原因； ‎ ‎ 325 object to 反对； ‎ ‎ 326 of course当然 ‎ ‎ 327 on a large scale大规模的(地) ‎ ‎ 328 on a national scale在全国范围内 ‎ ‎ 329 on account of 由于; ‎ ‎ 330 on average 按平均值,通常; ‎ ‎ 331 on behalf of 代表,为了; ‎ ‎ 332 on campus在校园 ‎ ‎ 333 on occasion偶尔； ‎ ‎ 334 on radio 用无线电,通过广播; ‎ ‎ 335 on the average 按平均值，通常； ‎ ‎ 336 on the basis of 根据，在……的基础上 ‎ ‎ 337 on the contrary相反 ‎ ‎ 338 on the grounds of 以……为理由 ‎ ‎ 339 on the occasion of 在…场合，值…之际； ‎ ‎ 340 on the other hand另一方面 ‎ ‎ 341 on the radio 通过广播,无线电广播中; ‎ ‎ 342 on the side 额外地，作为兼职； ‎ ‎ 343 on the side of在… 一边 ‎ ‎ 344‎ ‎ on the whole 总的来看； ‎ ‎ 345 on time 准时; ‎ ‎ 346 one another 相互 ‎ ‎ 347 one or other 不管哪一个 ‎ ‎ 348 only if (只要，只有)表条件； ‎ ‎ 349 other than 除了，不同于；‎ ‎ 350 out of step不一致，不协调 ‎ 351 out of the question 不可能的 ‎ ‎ 352 out of use 不使用 ‎ ‎ 353 owe …to… 把 …归功于 ‎ ‎ 354 pass out 分发，分配；昏倒，死去； ‎ ‎ 355 pass off 中止,停止; ‎ ‎ 356 pass on把…传递给另外一个人; ‎ ‎ 357 pass out 失去知觉，晕倒； ‎ ‎ 358 pay attention to 注意； ‎ ‎ 359 pay by check用支票支付 ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ 360 pay in cash 或 pay cash 付现金。 ‎ ‎ 361 pay off 赢利，取得好结果， ‎ ‎ 362 persist in坚持 ‎ ‎ 363 pick up 捡起，提高； ‎ ‎ 364 plan for 为┄订计划； ‎ ‎ 365 point to指向; ‎ ‎ 366 properly speaking正确（公正）地讲 ‎ ‎ 367 provided that(假若，倘如)表条件； ‎ ‎ 368 put together 加在一起; ‎ ‎ 369 put up with 忍受； ‎ ‎ 370 quite other完全不同的 ‎ ‎ 371 rather than ( 宁愿……)与其；是…而不是 ‎ ‎ 372 refer to (… as) 提到，把……称为;参考 ‎ ‎ 373 reflect discredit on使丧失名誉 ‎ ‎ 374 reflect on思考，反省，怀疑 ‎ ‎ 375 rely on 依靠，指望； ‎ ‎ 376 remove…from…把…从…去掉；撤职： ‎ ‎ 377 responsible for 对~负责。 ‎ ‎ 378 result from由…产生，因…而造成： ‎ ‎ 379 result in导致 ‎ ‎ 380 ripe for 为什么做好准备。 ‎ ‎ 381 root out 发现 ‎ ‎ 382 run a risk 意为“冒风险” ‎ ‎ 383 sacrifice something to为……牺牲某事 ‎ ‎ 384 secure sth. from attack使……受攻击 ‎ ‎ 385 set about开始，着手 ‎ ‎ 386 set aside掩饰出，留出 ‎ ‎ 387 set back推迟，延缓；阻碍 ‎ ‎ 388 set down卸下，放下；记下 ‎ ‎ 389 set forth阐明，陈述 ‎ ‎ 390 set off 出发，使爆炸 ‎ ‎ 391 set out陈列，显示，启程 ‎ ‎ 392 share with 与┄分享； ‎ ‎ 393 shoot a film拍摄一个镜头 ‎ ‎ 394 side with站在┄一边，支持； ‎ ‎ 395 similar to 与┄类似； ‎ ‎ 396 since then从那时起 ‎ ‎ 397 something like大约，有几分像…… ‎ ‎ 398 sooner than 早于┄； ‎ ‎ 399 speed up加速； ‎ ‎ 400 stand for代表，意味着 ‎ 401 step up增加，加速 在 …方面不同。 ‎ ‎ 402 stick to 坚持，坚持干，遵循； ‎ ‎ 403 stimulated by 受┄的刺激（或激励）; ‎ ‎ 404 stir up 激起，引起，挑起； ‎ ‎ 405 such as 比方说,例如; ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ 406 support for 对……的支持 ‎ ‎ 407 sure enough 果然，果然不出所料; ‎ ‎ 408 take away 拿走，夺走； ‎ ‎ 409 take a step采取措施; ‎ ‎ 410 take advantage of 利用。 ‎ ‎ 411 take away消耗，清除 ‎ ‎ 412 take care of照管； ‎ ‎ 413 take for 把┄看作，把┄误以为； ‎ ‎ 414 take in接受，吸收，欺骗 ‎ ‎ 415 take on呈现，从事 ‎ ‎ 416 take over接管 ‎ ‎ 417 take to开始喜欢，开始从事，开始沉湎于 ‎ ‎ 418 take up with 开始于~来往； ‎ ‎ 419 take up 专用 ‎ ‎ 420 thanks to由于，幸亏 ‎ ‎ 421 the bulk of……的主要部分，大多数 ‎ ‎ 422 the former…the latter…（前者…，后者…） ‎ ‎ 423 to … extent在……范围，到……程度 ‎ ‎ 424 to caution against对……予以警告 ‎ ‎ 425 to center around以……为中心 ‎ ‎ 426 to some extent某种程度上，有一点 ‎ ‎ 427 to such an extent that 到了这样的程度，以至…… ‎ ‎ 428 to the extent 到……的程度 ‎ ‎ 429 to the extent到……的程度 ‎ ‎ 430 to the extent到……的程度 ‎ ‎ 431 to turn something into 把……转换为 ‎ ‎ 432 together with一起 ‎ ‎ 433 transition to 向……过渡，向……转变 ‎ ‎ 434 turn away 转来脸去 ‎ ‎ 435 turn over 把… 翻过 ‎ ‎ 436 turn round 转过身来 ‎ ‎ 437 turn to 求助于 ‎ ‎ 438 turn up意外地发生； ‎ ‎ 439 what is more而且，再者 ‎ ‎ 440 with regard to 关于，至于，就┄而论， ‎ ‎ 441 with that 说罢。 ‎ ‎ 442 with the exception of 除┄外 ‎ ‎ 443 with…speed以……的速度 ‎ ‎ 444 work away一直在工作 ‎ ‎ 445 work out解决，算出，制定出 ‎ ‎ 446 work up逐步建立，逐步发展； ‎ ‎ 447 worse than坏于…… ‎ ‎ 448 write away不停地写 ‎ ‎ 449 write in 提出书面要求 ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ 450 write off 报废；勾销 ‎ ‎ 451 write on写，记述 ‎ ‎ 452 write out写出，取消某角色开出（药方，支票）‎ 高中英语重点词汇、词组辨析 ‎1. above all, after all, at all, in all above all表示“最重要，首先”，常置于句首或句中，作插入语，起强调作用。‎ Above all, we have won the game.‎ after all表示“毕竟，终究，终归，到底”，在句中位置较灵活。‎ Jessica has turned out to be a nice girl after all.‎ at all表示“根本”。‎ I don’t like Mexican food at all.‎ in all表示“总共”，既可放在句首，也可放在句末。‎ We have learned 2500 English words in all.‎ ‎2. accept, receive accept表示“接受”的意思，是有意识的。‎ I’ve received a gift from him, but I’m not going to accept it.‎ receive表示“收到”的意思，是无意识的。‎ Did you receive any letters today?‎ ‎3. add, add to, add...to, add up to add表示“增加，添加，计算……总和，补充说”。‎ If the water is too cold, add some more hot water.‎ add to表示“增添，增加，增进”。‎ The heavy snow added to our difficulties.‎ add...to表示“把……加到……”。‎ Add ten to forty, and you will get fifty.‎ add up to表示“合计达到”，该短语不用于被动语态。‎ All his school education added up to no more than one year.‎ ‎4. admit sb./sth. to..., admit of, admit to admit sb./sth. to表示“……允许某人或某物进入某处”。‎ This visa will admit you to that country.‎ admit of表示“容许有，有……可能，容有……余地”。‎ The facts admit of no other explanation admit to表示“承认”。‎ She admitted to stealing the keys.‎ ‎5. agree on, agree to, agree with, agree that agree on表示“就……取得一致意见”。‎ We couldn’t agree on what to buy.‎ agree to有两层含义和用法：‎ ‎(1)to作为动词不定式符号，其后面跟动词原形，表示“同意做某事”。‎ They agreed to meet on Sunday.‎ ‎(2)to作为介词，之后跟表示计划、条件、建议等一类的名词或代词。‎ The manager has agreed to our plan.‎ agree with表示“同意某人意见”，其后可跟表示人的名词或代词。‎ We didn’t agree with what she said at the meeting.‎ agree that表示“认为……”，其后跟宾语从句。‎ We agreed that they would deliver the sofa in the morning.‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎6. alone, lonely alone = by oneself, without others表示“独自一人”，可作表语和宾补。‎ He went to the separate island all alone.‎ lonely表示“孤独，寂寞”，主观上渴望有伴。若指地方，则表示“人迹罕至的，荒凉的，偏僻的”，可作定语或表语。‎ The old man was alone in the house on the top of the hill, but he didn’t feel lonely.‎ ‎7. a number of, the number of a number of表示“许多”，谓语动词用复数。‎ A number of visitors pay a visit to the museum every day.‎ the number of表示“……的数目”，谓语动词用单数。‎ The number of pandas is increasing.‎ ‎8. arrive, get, reach arrive表示“达到，抵达”，不及物动词，后接in (大地点)，at (小地点)。‎ When will you arrive in London, Mr. Wallace?‎ get表示“到达，抵达”，不及物动词，后接to。‎ When we got to the airport, the flight had taken off.‎ reach表示“到达，抵达”，及物动词。‎ His letter reached me this morning.‎ ‎9. at the age of, by the age of at the age of表示“在……岁时”。‎ She published a book at the age of ten.‎ by the age of表示“到……岁的时候，在……岁以前”。‎ By the age of sixteen, he had won ten gold metals.‎ ‎10. at the beginning, in the beginning at the beginning表示“在……，在初……开始的时候”，常与of连用。‎ All of us should be careful with our work at the beginning of term.‎ in the beginning表示“起初，首先”，相当于at first。‎ In the beginning, some of us took no interest in this game.‎ ‎11. ashamed, shameful ashamed表示“感到羞耻，觉得惭愧，不好意思”，指主观认为是可耻的。‎ He was ashamed of losing his wife’s necklace the other day.‎ shameful表示“不可饶恕，可耻”，指事物本身的客观性质是可耻的。‎ To steal money from a blind person is a shameful act.‎ ‎12. be anxious to, be anxious for, be anxious about be anxious to表示“急于，渴望”，其中to是不定式符号，后面接动词原形。‎ We are anxious to know the result of the examination.‎ be anxious for表示“渴望”，后面接名词或代词时，强调渴望得到某物或渴望了解某事。‎ The young lady was anxious for a diamond necklace.‎ be anxious about表示“对……感到不安，为……担心，为……忧虑”。‎ She was anxious about her lost son.‎ ‎13. believe, believe in believe表示“相信(事物的真实性，人的诚实)”。‎ I don’t believe you.‎ believe in表示“信奉，信仰，信任”。‎ We believe in him.‎ ‎14. be made of, be made from, be made in, be made by, be made up of 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ be made of表示“由……制成”，指从原料到制成品，强调形状变化，并无本质变化(属物理变化)。‎ This table is made of wood.‎ be made from表示“由……制成”，指从原料到制成品，强调质的变化，并已无法复原(属化学变化)。‎ Paper is made from wood.‎ be made in表示“某物何时制造的”或“何地产的”。‎ This bike was made in Shanghai.‎ be made by表示“由……制做”，后面接指人的名词或代词，强调动作的执行者。‎ The kite was made by my brother.‎ be made up of表示“由……构成(组成)”。‎ The football team is made up of 12 members.‎ ‎15. be pleased with, be pleased at/about, be pleased to be pleased with表示“对……满意，喜欢……”，后面通常接指人的名词或代词。‎ The president was pleased with all of his men in his company.‎ be pleased at/about表示“对看到或听到的事感到高兴”，后面接指事的名词或v-ing。‎ I am pleased at seeing so many students present.‎ be pleased to表示“很高兴或很乐意做某事”，其中to是不定式符号，后面接动词原形。‎ My boss must be pleased to see you again in Moscow.‎ ‎16. be tired of, be tired with be tired of表示“对某事感到厌烦，厌倦”。‎ I’m tired of standing in the wind, doing nothing.‎ be tired with表示“因为……而累了”。‎ She is tired with running a long time.‎ ‎17. besides, except, except for besides表示“除了……(包括在内)”。‎ Besides chocolate and fruit juice, we need bread and eggs.‎ except表示“除了……(不包括在内)”。‎ Every one of us, except him, went to the theatre for The Twelfth Night.‎ except for表示“整体……除了某一点以外”。‎ The essay is good except for a few mistakes.‎ ‎18. be sure to do, be sure of doing be sure to do表示“一定的；必定的”，主语可为sb.或sth.。‎ We are sure to benefit from the new production.‎ be sure of doing表示“确信的；肯定的”，主语只能为sb.。‎ He is sure of offering you his help.‎ ‎19. big, huge, large, vast big表示“尺度、重量、容积等大”。‎ Our room is bigger than theirs.‎ huge表示“体积大(还可指超越一定标准的大)”。‎ That little boy was given a huge piece of cake.‎ large表示“面积大，范围大，数目大”。‎ Police discovered a large quantity of drugs in the van.‎ vast表示“范围、地域大、巨大的”。(也可指数目巨大的)‎ There are vast forest areas along the Amazon River.‎ ‎20. best, hit, strike beat表示“连续性地击打”。(指无规律的击打)‎ The rain beat against the windows.‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ hit表示“打中，对准打”。‎ He hit me with his hand.‎ strike表示“重击、打一下或若干下”。(指有规律的撞击)‎ The clock struck 12 when we arrived the church..‎ ‎21. blow down, blow off, blow out blow down表示“吹倒，刮倒”。‎ The strong winds yesterday blew down thousands of trees.‎ blow off表示“吹掉，炸掉，发泄”。‎ A gust of wind blew off all the papers on the table.‎ blow out表示“吹熄，使熄灭”。‎ Emma blew out the candle.‎ ‎22. break away from, break down, break into, break out,‎ break away from表示“脱离，摆脱”。‎ Some members broke away to form a new political party.‎ break down表示“(机器等)出毛病、出故障”。‎ My car broke down on the way to work yesterday.‎ break into表示“破门而入”。‎ The office has been broken into twice since Christmas.‎ break out表示“(火灾、战争、疾病、打斗)突然爆发”。‎ A fight broke out among the crowd.‎ ‎23. bring in, bring on, bring out bring in表示“引来，引进，吸收”。‎ The new film has brought in millions of dollars.‎ bring on表示“使发生，引起”。‎ Headaches are often brought on by stress.‎ bring out表示“取出，说出，阐明，出版, 推出、生产出”。‎ They have just brought out a new, smaller phone.‎ ‎24. care, care about, care for, care to care表示“在意，关心，顾虑，照顾，喜爱”，但其后通常接从句。‎ I don’t care where you have been.‎ care about表示“关心，计较，在乎”，一般用于否定句。‎ He cares deeply about the environment.‎ care for表示“关心，照料，喜欢，愿意”，一般用于肯定句或疑问句。‎ Who will care for your children when you are away?‎ care to表示“愿意，欲望”，后接动词原形。‎ Would you care to join us for dinner?‎ ‎25. carry away, carry off, carry on, carry out carry away表示“使倾倒，使激动得失去控制”。‎ The music carried him away.‎ carry off表示“叼走，夺走”。‎ He carried off three gold medals in the Olympics.‎ carry on表示“继续进行”。‎ The doctors have warned him but he just carried on drinking.‎ carry out表示“实施，遵守”。‎ He carried out his promise to give up smoking.‎ ‎26. 与come相关的词组辨析 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ come about表示“发生”。‎ How did it come about?‎ come across表示“偶遇，碰到(=come upon)”。‎ We’ve just come across an old friend we haven’t seen for ages.‎ come along表示“进展，进步，进行”。‎ How’s your work coming along?‎ come around表示“拜访，改变观点，同意(原来反对的)观点(或计划)，发生、恢复知觉”。‎ I’m sure she’ll come around to our view eventually.‎ come down表示“传递，传给”。‎ The song comes down to us from the 20th century.‎ come into表示“开始，进入”。‎ A small town came into sight as we turned the last corner.‎ come out表示“(照片上)显露，结果是”。‎ The stars came out as soon as darkness fell.‎ come round表示“恢复知觉，苏醒过来”。‎ Leave him alone and he’ll soon come round.‎ come to表示“涉及，谈及”。‎ When it comes to business I know nothing.‎ come up表示“走进，接近，抬头，上来，上升”。‎ The issue of security came up at the meeting yesterday.‎ come up with表示“想出(计划、回答)，作出(反应)，产生”。‎ He couldn’t come up with a good scheme to make money.‎ ‎27. compare...to, compare...with compare...to表示“把……比作……”，着重注意两者间的相似点。‎ This essay compares our country to a big family.‎ compare...with表示“把……与……相比”，侧重指两者间的区别。‎ Compare this story with that one, and you will find the differences between them.‎ ‎28. consider...as, consider doing, consider...to be consider...as表示“把(某人)看作”。‎ Today, Abraham Lincoln is considered as one of the greatest of all American presidents.‎ consider doing表示“考虑做某事”。‎ Have you considered having a jog in the morning?‎ consider...to be表示“把……看作是”。‎ The people had considered him to be a great leader.‎ ‎29. cross, across, crossing cross作动词用时，表示“横过”。‎ They are crossing the river.‎ across可作介词或副词，表示“横穿，横过”。‎ The Bank of China is across the street.‎ crossing表示“横穿，交叉，十字路口，人行横道”。‎ Those children are standing at a crossing waiting for their school bus.‎ ‎30.cut down, cut in, cut off, cut up, cut through cut down表示“砍倒，(疾病等)夺去生命”。‎ That old man has cut this tree down.‎ cut in表示“插嘴，插入”。‎ Don’t cut in when they have a talk.‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ cut off表示“切断”。‎ Many towns had their water supply cut off because there was no electricity.‎ cut up表示“切割开来，切碎，使难过”。‎ I am cutting the wood up.‎ cut through表示“剪断，凿穿”。‎ The army was called in to cut through fallen trees and to help clear the roads and paths.‎ ‎31. damage, destroy, ruin damage表示“损坏，破坏”，毁坏的程度通常是可以修补的。‎ The earthquake damaged several buildings.‎ destroy表示“破坏，摧毁，消灭，毁灭”，毁坏的程度是不能修补的。‎ The big fire destroyed the whole building.‎ ruin表示“毁灭”，把某物损坏到了不能再使用的程度。‎ The storm has ruined all the crops here.‎ ‎32. discover, find, find out, invent,‎ discover表示“发现”，指偶然或经过努力发现原来客观存在但不为人所知的事物。‎ Columbus discovered America in 1492.‎ find表示“找到，发现”，着重指找到的结果。‎ They finally found a way to solve the problem.‎ find out表示“找出，发现，查明(真相等)”，指经过研究或询问查明某事或真相。‎ Please find out when the ship sails for Sydney.‎ invent表示“发明”，指通过劳动运用聪明才智发明(创造)出以前从未存在过的新事物。‎ Who invented the computer?‎ ‎33. decide, determine decide表示经过考虑或讨论研究做出决定。‎ Our boss decided not to go to Egypt by ship.‎ determine表示决心已下，任何力量都动摇不了。‎ I determined to give him a chance.‎ ‎34. die away, die down, die out die away表示“(声音，怒火等)渐渐消失”。‎ His anger died away. (He was not angry.)‎ die down表示“(声音，怒火等)逐渐减小”。‎ His anger died down a little bit. (He was still angry.)‎ die out表示“(物种等)灭绝，不复存在”。‎ Many living things are facing the danger of dying out.‎ ‎35. everyday, every day everyday表示“日常的，通常的；每天的”，用作形容词。‎ Computers are now part of everyday life.‎ every day表示“每天”，用作副词。‎ This problem we should face every day.‎ ‎36. fall down, fall into, fall off, fall onto,‎ fall down表示“(人)跌倒，摔倒，绊倒”，用作不及物动词。‎ The old lady fell down in the street and broke her leg.‎ fall into表示“掉到……里，陷入(困难)”。‎ A car fell into the river while it is speeding on the bridge.‎ fall off表示“从……上落下，掉下，摔下”，用作及物动词。‎ The boy fell off a tree and broke the arm.‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ fall onto表示“掉到……上”。‎ The books fell off the desk onto the ground.‎ ‎37. feed...on, feed...to feed...on表示“用……喂……”，feed后接表示人或动物的词。(强调以…为主食)‎ I feed the dog on meat.‎ feed...to表示“将……喂给……”，feed后跟表示食物的词(强调“提供…”)。‎ What did you feed to the baby just now?‎ ‎38. fear, frighten fear表示“害怕……”。‎ He was shaking with fear.‎ frighten表示“使……害怕，使……吃惊”。‎ Does the spider frighten you?‎ ‎39. finally, at last, in the end finally表示“最后”，指某一动作发生的顺序是在最后。‎ She finally agreed with me.‎ at last表示“终于”，指经过一番曲折或努力之后某事才发生，强调其结果。‎ After a lot of difficulties, he succeeded at last.‎ in the end表示“最后”，指经过若干周折或努力而最后发生了某事。‎ We did experiment after experiment, and in the end we succeed.‎ ‎40. feel one’s way, fight one’s way, find one’s way feel one’s way表示“摸索着探路”。‎ The blind man felt his way with the stick.‎ fight one’s way表示“挣扎着前进”。‎ All of us fought our way out of the crowd.‎ find one’s way表示“找到路”。‎ How did your dog find its way here?‎ ‎41. fit, be fit for, be fit to fit表示“适合，合身”，主要指大小适合。‎ Your clothes fit well.‎ be fit for表示“适合，能胜任”，for后面接名词或-ing形式。‎ You are fit for this position in our company.‎ be fit to表示“适合，能胜任”，to为动词不定式符号，因此后面只能接动词原形。‎ The food is not fit to eat.‎ ‎42. forbid doing sth., forbid sb.to do sth.‎ forbid doing sth.表示“禁止，不许”，在无人称宾语的情况下用动名词作它的宾语。‎ We forbid smoking here.‎ forbid sb.to do sth.表示“禁止，不许”，在有人称宾语的情况下用不定式短语作其补语。‎ The snowstorm forbid us to go out.‎ ‎43. forget, leave forget表示“遗留”时，forget后只跟事物，不跟地点或场所。‎ That old lady always forgets her key.‎ leave表示“遗留”时，一定接地点场所。‎ My boss left his key at home this morning.‎ ‎44. forget doing, forget to do forget doing表示“忘记做过某事”。‎ He forgot turning the light off.‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ forget to do表示“忘记要去做某事”。‎ The light in the office is still on, he must have forgotten to turn it off.‎ ‎45. gather, collect gather表示“把分散的东西集中到一起”。‎ Gather your toys up.‎ collect表示“精心地、有选择地进行收集”。‎ He likes collecting coins and stamps.‎ ‎46. get in touch with, keep in touch with get in touch with表示“与……取得联络”，表动作。‎ I tried to get in touch with him in London, but failed.‎ keep in touch with表示“和……保持联络”，表状态。‎ Let’s keep in touch with each other.‎ ‎47. 与get有关的词组辨析 get along with表示“与……相处”。‎ We get along very well with each other.‎ get close to表示“接近”。‎ Don’t get close to that house.‎ get down to表示“开始认真做……”。‎ Once the reporters know what to write about, they get down to work.‎ get off表示“脱下”。‎ Jimmy got off his overcoat when he came in.‎ get married表示“结婚”。‎ The person getting married is a relative of my father’s.‎ get through表示“通过，拨通(电话)”。‎ I can’t get through for the line’s busy.‎ get together表示“聚会，联欢”。‎ We must get together some other time for a chat.‎ get into the habit of表示“染上……习惯”。‎ Nicotine is a drug that gets one into the habit of smoking.‎ ‎48. give away, give in, give out, give up,‎ give away表示“分发，泄露(秘密等)”。‎ The principal gave away the prizes at the sports meet.‎ give in表示“投降，屈服，让步”。‎ As neither of the two sides would give in, the agreement fell through.‎ give out表示“用完，耗尽，体力不支”。‎ After a long journey, the old man’s strength gave out and couldn’t walk any farther.‎ give up表示“放弃(念头、希望等)，停止，抛弃，认输”。‎ Never give up when you meet with some difficulties.‎ ‎49. go on to do sth., go on doing sth., go on with sth.‎ go on to do sth.表示“接着做另一件事”，即接下去做与原来不同的一件事。‎ After they had had their coffee, the students went on to do the exercises.‎ go on doing sth.表示“继续不停地做某事或间断后继续做原来没有做完的事”。‎ The kids went on talking and laughing all the way.‎ go on with sth.表示“间断后继续做原来没有做完的事”，其后一般接代词作宾语。‎ 通常情况下，go on doing sth.和go on with sth.可互换。‎ After a rest, we went on with our lesson.(After a rest, we went on having our lesson.)‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎50. happen, take place happen表示“发生”，是无意识的。‎ When did the accident happen?‎ take place表示“举行”，是有意识的。‎ When will the wedding take place?‎ ‎51. hand down, hand in, hand out, hand over hand down表示“把……传下来”。‎ The story was handed down from one generation to another.‎ hand in表示“把……交上来，交给，递交”。‎ Time is up. Shall we go out for a dinner?‎ hand out表示“散发”。‎ The boy is handing out the paper now.‎ hand over表示“转交”或“移送”。‎ Please hand over this apple to your brother.‎ ‎52. 与have有关的词组辨析 have a good trip表示“一路顺风”。‎ Good luck. Have a good trip.‎ have a talk with表示“与……谈话”。‎ Alice is having a talk with her tutor about her course.‎ have a seat表示“坐下”。‎ Come in and have a seat please.‎ have a word with表示“和……说句话”。‎ Could I have a word with you?‎ have...on表示“戴着，穿着”。‎ Having a black hat on, Chaplin carried a stick, which he used to swing in the air.‎ have sports表示“进行体育活动”。‎ Do you often have sports at school?‎ ‎53. have sb. do sth., have sb./sth. doing sth., have sth. done have sb. do sth.表示“使(让、请)某人做某事”。‎ The shopkeeper had the boy do this and that all the time.‎ have sb./sth. doing sth.表示“让某人(某事)一直做某事”。‎ The two cheats had their lights burning all night long.‎ have sth. done表示“(有意地)让他人为自己做某事”。‎ Adam will have a new suit made of this cloth.‎ ‎54. hear, hear from, hear of hear表示“听见，听到”，后面接名词、代词或宾语从句。‎ Can you hear some birds singing?‎ hear from表示“收到……来信，收到……来电”，后面接指人的名词或代词。‎ She hasn’t heard from her brother for a month.‎ hear of表示“听人说起，听说过，侧重于间接听说。‎ I’ve never heard of him.‎ ‎55. help sb. do sth., help sb. to do sth.‎ 二者均表示“帮助某人做某事”。‎ help sb. do sth.表示主语直接参与宾补的动作。‎ He helped me clean the table.‎ help sb. to do sth.表示不直接参与宾补的动作。‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ The dictionary will help you to learn English better.‎ ‎56. in place of, in the place of in place of表示“代替”。‎ He will come in place of me tomorrow.‎ in the place of表示“在……地方”。‎ A new stadium is built in the place of the old one.‎ ‎57. in order to, in order that in order to表示“为了……”，既可放在句首又可放在句末未来引导不定式短语。‎ In order to keep the insects out she shut the window.‎ in order that表示“为了……”，只能放在主句之后连接从句。‎ She shut the window in order that she might keep the insects out.‎ ‎58. in charge of, in the charge of in charge of表示“管理，负责照料”。‎ Mr. Wallace is in charge of the company.‎ in the charge of表示“由……照料”。‎ The firm is in the charge of her uncle.‎ ‎59. insist on, stick to insist on表示“坚持要求”，后常接doing。‎ The office boy insisted on his coming with us.‎ stick to表示“坚持”，后常接sth.。‎ He is the man who always sticks to his words.‎ ‎60. in surprise, to one’s surprise, by surprise in surprise表示“惊奇地”。‎ When he saw me, he was in surprise.‎ to one’s surprise表示“使某人吃惊的是”。‎ To my surprise, Tom didn’t pass his driving test.‎ by surprise表示“使……惊慌”。‎ The question took him by surprise.‎ ‎61. just, just now just表示“刚，刚刚”，多与完成时态连用。‎ They’ve just arrived at the airport.‎ just now表示“刚才”，强调过去的动作，所以与一般过去时态连用。‎ She ate a big apple just now.‎ ‎62. 与keep有关的词组辨析 keep back表示“阻止，阻挡”。‎ The police tried to keep the crowd back from the accident scene.‎ keep off表示“避开，不接近”。‎ Keep off the grass!‎ keep on表示“继续，保持”。‎ He just kept on writing.‎ keep in touch with表示“与……保持联系”。‎ Although many families became separated, people still kept in touch with each other.‎ keep out表示“关在门外，不准入内”。‎ This coat keeps out the wind.‎ keep out of表示“躲开，置身于……之外”。‎ Do you try to keep out of trouble!‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ keep up表示“保持”。‎ Keep up your spirits!‎ ‎63. keep doing sth., keep on doing sth.‎ keep doing sth.强调继续做某事。‎ He kept swimming in the river when the others got on the bank.‎ keep on doing sth.强调重复，一再做某事。‎ They kept on doing things even though I told them not to do.‎ ‎64. knock at/on, knock down, knock...into, knock into, ‎ knock at/on表示“轻轻而有节奏地敲”。它常用来表示“敲门/窗”等。‎ Who is knocking at the door?‎ Don’t knock on the window.‎ knock down表示“撞倒，打倒”。‎ Be careful with the standing fans. Don’t knock them down.‎ knock...into表示“把……插/撞/敲/打入……中”。‎ They knocked a stick into the earth.‎ knock into表示“撞在……上”。‎ Look out! Don’t knock into other cars.‎ ‎65. lately, recently lately表示“最近”，多用于否定和疑问句中。‎ We haven’t seen the old beggar in the street lately.‎ recently表示“最近”，多用于肯定句中。‎ Things got so bad recently.‎ ‎66. lay, lie lay表示“放好”或“放平”，其词形变化是：lay、laying、laid和laid。‎ Don’t lay your feet on the table.‎ lie表示“躺下”或“躺平”，其词形变化是：lie、lying、lay和lain。‎ She lay down on her back on the grass.‎ ‎67. like, love, enjoy like表示“喜欢，爱好”，指对某人某事赞许或发生兴趣，并积极参加活动。‎ I like reading.‎ love表示“爱好，爱”，表示深深的爱。‎ We love our country.‎ enjoy表示“喜爱，欣赏，享受”，广泛应用于从外界事物中得到喜悦，领略到乐趣。‎ I enjoyed the movie a lot.‎ ‎68. like doing sth., like to do sth.‎ like doing sth. 表达经常的爱好。‎ Most young people like swimming in summer.‎ like to do sth.表达一时的喜爱。‎ I’d like to go for a swimming this afternoon?‎ ‎69. living, alive living用于生物时，表示“活着的”。‎ The living are more important to us than the dead.‎ alive表示“活着的，在世的”，着重于状态。‎ The rabbit we caught is still alive.‎ ‎70. live by, live on live by表示“靠……(手段)谋生”。‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ Writers live by their pens while fishermen live by fishing.‎ live on表示“以……为主食，靠……过活”。‎ The sheep lived on grass.‎ ‎71. 与look有关的词组辨析 look after表示“照料”。‎ My neighbour looked after my cat while I was on holiday.‎ look back表示“回想，记起”。‎ From this time on, he never looked back.‎ look down on/upon表示“轻视，看不起”。‎ Women were looked down upon in many countries years ago.‎ look forward to表示“盼望，期待”。‎ I’m looking forward to seeing you this winter vacation.‎ look out表示“注意”。‎ Look out, there’s a car coming.‎ look up表示“查找”。‎ If you do not understand it, you can look it up in this dictionary.‎ ‎72. lose heart, lose one’s heart lose heart表示“灰心，失望”。‎ Don’t lose heart. Sooner or later you’ll succeed.‎ lose one’s heart表示“喜欢……，爱上……”。‎ He lost his heart to the puppy the first time he saw it.‎ ‎73. 与make有关的词组辨析 make a decision表示“作出决定”。‎ I’m told that they’ll meet again tomorrow and make a decision then.‎ make a good effort表示’作很大的努力。”‎ We made a good effort.‎ make a record表示“录制唱片”。‎ That famous singer’s made lots of records.‎ make a plan for表示“为……作计划”。‎ Now it is much easier to make plans for our trip.‎ make fun of表示“取笑某人”。‎ It is not polite to make fun of old people.‎ make progress表示“取得进步”。‎ Are you making great progress?‎ make...to one’s own measure表示“依照某人的尺雨做……”。‎ We’ll make for you to your own measure.‎ make up表示“编出”。‎ Make up a dialogue, using the following as a guide.‎ make up one’s mind表示“下决心”。‎ The manager hasn’t made up his mind yet.‎ make sure表示“查明，确信”。‎ We must make sure the time and place.‎ ‎74. make up one’s mind, read one’s mind, change one’s mind make up one’s mind表示“下定决心”。‎ She made up her mind not to speak anything at the meeting.‎ read one’s mind表示“看出心事，知道在想什么”。‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ I’ve known the young lady over there so long that I can read her mind.‎ change one’s mind表示“改变主意”。‎ Miss Blair changed her mind suddenly for no reason.‎ ‎75. manage to do, try to do manage to do表示“设法做成了某事”。‎ They finally managed to get there in time.‎ try to do表示“尽力去做某事(但不一定成功)”。‎ He tried to persuade his boss, but he failed.‎ ‎76. mean doing, mean to do mean doing表示“意味着”。‎ These new rules for our factory will mean working overtime.‎ mean to do表示“打算，想”。‎ I meant to go abroad for my further study, but my father disagreed.‎ ‎77. meeting, conference, gathering, party meeting表示“偶然的或拟定的，短暂的或持续的聚会”，可以用于两人或多人。‎ All the members of this club had a meeting last Friday.‎ conference表示“会谈，会议，谈判”，常用于就某个重大问题进行专门研究或交换意见的讨论会、协商会等。‎ Many reporters came to attend the press conference last month.‎ gathering一般表示“非正式的集会”，常用于群众性的活动(如联欢会等)。‎ There was a large gathering of people at the ceremony.‎ party表示“社交性或娱乐性的集会”。‎ Did you enjoy his birthday party?‎ ‎78. once, as soon as once表示“一旦……就……”，除含时间之意外，还表示“条件”。‎ Once he makes up his mind, he’ll never give it up.‎ as soon as表示“刚……就……”或“一……就……”，强调的只是时间。‎ As soon as I get to Washington, I’ll telephone you.‎ ‎79. pay for, pay back, pay off pay for表示“为……付钱”。‎ He paid ￡ 5 for the book.‎ pay back表示“还钱，但不一定还清”。‎ Have I paid you back the 20 you lent me?‎ pay off表示“还清债务”。‎ Miss Della paid off the debt ten years later.‎ ‎80. permit doing sth., permit to do sth.‎ permit doing sth.表示“允许”，无人称宾语。‎ Sorry, we don’t permit smoking in the lecture room.‎ permit to do sth.表示“允许”，有人称宾语。‎ Please permit me to say a few words to you.‎ ‎81. persuade sb.to do sth., advise sb.to do sth.‎ persuade sb.to do sth.表示“说服某人干某事”，其结果是成功的。‎ Tom persuaded his father to let him go abroad at last.‎ advise sb.to do sth.表示“劝说某人干某事”，其结果可能是劳而无功。‎ She advised her partners to go climbing, but they said no.‎ ‎82. put off, call off 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ put off表示“推迟，拖延”。‎ The tennis match was put off because of the heavy rain.‎ call off表示“取消”。‎ The meeting has been called off.‎ ‎83. pick out, pick up pick out表示“挑出”。‎ She picked out a red sweater for me to try on.‎ pick up表示“接收”。‎ It is necessary to use a short-wave radio to pick up the program.‎ ‎84. point out, point to point out表示“指出”。‎ Can you point out my mistakes?‎ point to表示“指向，指着”，其中to表示方向。‎ She pointed to a plane flying overhead.‎ ‎85. 与put有关的词组辨析 put down表示“记下”。‎ Please put down what he said.‎ put...in prison表示“把……投进监狱”。‎ The police put this thief in prison.‎ put on weight表示“发福，增加体重”。‎ If you eat too much, you will put on weight very easily.‎ put out表示“扑灭，关熄”。‎ Please put out the fire before you go away.‎ put sb. to the trouble of表示“麻烦某人(做……)”。‎ I don’t want to put you to the trouble of doing that.‎ put up表示“贴(广告等)”。 ‎ Please write a notice and put it up.‎ ‎86. quiet, silent, still quiet表示“安静的，寂静的”。‎ Your father needs peace and quiet because he’s working.‎ silent表示“寂静的，沉默的”。‎ He always keeps silent when the others are playing around.‎ still表示“安静的，不动的”。‎ Stand still while I take your photo.‎ ‎87. road, street, way, path road表示“路，道路”。‎ A group of geese are walking along the road.‎ street表示“城镇、乡村两旁有建筑物的街道”。‎ Go along the street, and take the second turning on the left.‎ way表示“任何可以通行的路”。‎ How can I get there? I don’t know the way.‎ path表示“小路，小径”。‎ They walked along the path leading to the top of the hill.‎ ‎88. raise, rise raise表示“举起”，是及物的，它的反义词是lower。‎ The boy raised his model car from the ground.‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ rise表示“升起”或“爬起”，是不及物的，它的反义词是drop。‎ The sun rises in the east.‎ ‎89. remember doing, remember to do remember doing表示“记得做过某事”。(已做)‎ Don’t you remember seeing the young lady before?‎ remember to do表示“记得去做某事”。(未做)‎ Remember to go to the City Hall after work.‎ ‎90. regret doing, regret to do regret doing表示“对做过的事遗憾、后悔”。(已做)‎ I regretted missing the early bus.‎ regret to do表示“对要做的事遗憾”。(未做)‎ I regret to tell you that we can’t carry it out right now.‎ ‎91. search, search for, in search of, look for search表示“搜寻，查究”。search sb. 搜某人的身，search a place搜某个地方。‎ The policeman is searching a thief.‎ search for sb./sth.表示“搜寻、寻找某人、某物”。‎ The police searched for that man everywhere.‎ in search of中的search表示“寻找，寻求”。‎ They went to South Africa in search of gold.‎ look for表示“寻找”，没有search for注意力集中。‎ What are you looking for in the room?‎ ‎92. spend, take, pay spend表示“花费”。句型为sb. spend(s)some money(time)on sth.其主语一般是人。‎ I spent a week (on) finishing reading the book.‎ take表示“占用或花费时间”。句型为：It takes/took sb. sometime to do sth.‎ It took me fortnight days to travel to Cairo.‎ pay表示“付款，给……报酬”，一般与for搭配使用。‎ My father paid 1400 pounds for the laptop.‎ ‎93. stop doing, stop to do stop doing表示“停止做某事”。‎ Stop smoking please, young man.‎ stop to do表示“停止、中断做某事后去做另一件事。”‎ They stop to have a drink.‎ ‎94. sometimes, sometime, some time sometimes表示“有时”，指动作发生的不经常性，常与一般现在时或一般过去时连用。‎ Sometimes I have nap at company.‎ sometime表示“某时”，指时间上不确定的某一点，常用于过去时或将来时或将来时。‎ I saw Miss Nice sometime in December.‎ some time表示“一段时间”，在句中常与for, take等词连用。‎ I’ll stay in Paris for some time.‎ ‎95. 与take有关的词组辨析 take a look at表示“看一下”。‎ Can I take a look at your photo taken in Canada?‎ take a taxi表示“打的”。‎ My plane leaves at seven, so I think we’ll take a taxi to the airport.‎ take a photograph(of)表示“照一张相”。‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ A photographer is sent immediately to take photographs.‎ take along表示“随身携带”。‎ He took along some of his pictures in the hope of getting a job there.‎ take it easy表示“放心好了，别着急”。‎ Take it easy! I’ve just called the First Aid Centre.‎ take part in表示“参加”。‎ Every four years athletes all over the world take part in the Olympic Game.‎ take place表示“发生”。‎ The dialogue takes place at a restaurant.‎ take sides(in)表示“站在……一边”。‎ He took side in us.‎ take up表示“占去，占领”。‎ I think we should get this one, although it will take up more space in the room.‎ take the place of表示“代替，取代”。‎ Miller has taken the place of Miss Helen in the personal department.‎ ‎96. trip, journey, travel, tour trip表示“(短时间内往返的)商业旅行或观光旅行”，是非正式用语。‎ We went on a pleasant trip to Hong Kong during our vacation.‎ journey表示“由某一地点到另一地点的旅行，也指旅行的路程”，是比较正式的用语。‎ He made a long journey from Moscow to London.‎ travel表示“旅行，游历”，是最为普通的用语，但无路程的含义。‎ He came home after a year of travel.‎ tour表示“(访问多处的)观光旅行”。‎ They have gone on a tour.‎ ‎97. 与turn有关的词组辨析 turn down表示“关小，调低”。‎ Please turn the radio down, Tom.‎ turn...into...表示“把……变成……”。‎ If we cut down forests, we’ll turn the land into a desert.‎ turn off表示“关掉(水、电、收音机)”。‎ Before you leave, make sure the electricity is turned off.‎ turn out表示“出席、证明是，结果是”。‎ It turned out that she was a friend of my sister.‎ turn up表示“到达，出现”。‎ He didn’t turn up until it was dark.‎ turn over表示“翻动，耕翻”。‎ He turned over in bed all the time last night.‎ ‎98. try to do, try doing try to do表示“努力、企图做某事”，(表示目的)。‎ You must try to be more careful.‎ try doing表示“试验、试着做某事”(表示手段)。‎ She tried reading, but that could not make her forget her trouble.‎ ‎99. used to, be used to, get used to used to表示“过去常常(做某事)”，后接动词原形。‎ She used to stay up too late.‎ be used to表示“习惯于，适应”，后接名词、代词或v-ing，表示一种状态。‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ She is used to the life of the city.‎ get used to表示“习惯于”，指一个动作由不适应向适应的转变，其后接名词、代词或v-ing。‎ You’ll soon get used to the weather here.‎ ‎100. wear, have on, put on, dress wear主要用于穿衣服、戴眼镜(手套、首饰、帽)等，以强调“穿(戴)着”的状态。‎ Mr. Wood always wears sun glasses in summer.‎ have on表示“穿(戴)着”，同wear一样，也表状态，不能用于进行时态。‎ John has on a white shirt today.‎ put on着重强调“穿(戴)上”的动作。‎ I like to put on my hat and ear covers when I go out in winter.‎ dress既可作及物动词，又可作不及物动词，所接宾语是人而不是衣、帽等物。‎ The little girl can dress herself.‎ 第十讲、书面表达高分理论 知己知彼，百战不殆。‎ 我们……‎ 1、 单词、语法学了很多，但是不会用；‎ 2、 缺乏系统化的作文训练：读得多，写的少。‎ 3、 不了解阅卷老师的情况。‎ 阅卷老师……‎ 1、 时间紧迫 2、 压力重重 阅卷日记 ‎6.11.10:00正评开始，进度得抓紧。阅卷时间由去年的八小时减至六小时，麦田500-00份，体能的考验。中午一点开始，没有午休。第一天大家都阅得很慢（311份），严格按照标准，高分（27、28分）上去了，低分（0-8分）下来了。‎ 第二天各组长就催促加快速度，下午结束时已经阅到1023份了。最卖力的一天。头和尾是一定要看的，但中间也必须浏览到，防止个别投机取巧，致谢上头尾，中间从试题摘抄。‎ 第三天，大家一来到就争分夺秒，谁都不想落后。没多久，领导宣布有一位老师被辞退回家了，原因是出现恶评。‎ 大家心里忽然紧张了许多，手中的鼠标抖多了些小心翼翼。明显的慢了。一篇文章有时看好就变，打上分数又觉得不妥，这样纠结着。‎ 这些卷子就不是写得好的，也不是一窍不通的，而那些写的好可惜错误多或者书写像乱麻勾勾画画但又有好多句子是对的作文。‎ 第四天起，大家抖焦躁着，几乎每位老师都被组长叫到。慢的、恶评で，打分平均分高的、低的，打分不稳的etc。眼前的一份份试卷涂抹勾画像乱草真是要疯了。‎ 虚惊一场：我被叫到有“恶评”真是不可思议。这份试卷其他两人打分为6分、9分，我给了20分。‎ 他们两个的分数接近，而我的差距超过了12分为恶评。不可能，10分一下都是不通气的。我看的很仔细，我的无效卷到现在可是全组最低的，只有25份，多的已经上200了。‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ 结果经过仲裁，这份试卷得分为18分。为什么会这样呢？因为其他两位老师根本没有仔细看其内容，这个孩子作文一开始就是How about going ?之后连续出现两大错。可后面的内容却有模有样。这个学生真是幸运。显然，开个好头有多么重要！‎ 第五天在头晕眼花，脖颈僵硬，又累又困中度过了第五天，越是这样，越渴望卷面好的卷子出现，这样的卷子在这个时候是那么的可爱，如果表达没扫到打错，24-26分没有问题。潦草的卷面不配得高分！试卷中专家打分不看书只看表达的情况早就不存在了！‎ 第六天，研究生们已经没辙了，原因是要放慢速度。‎ 第七天上午10:50，阅卷量差为零，终于结束了！下午开总结会，发辛苦费。‎ 反思:What on earth do they care about ?‎ 1、 卷面 2、 分段 3、 遣词造句 4、 过渡词 5、 内容要点 卷面要求：‎ Clean clear（干净、清楚）‎ 大小一致 落在线上 避免毛刺 用一条横线修改 ‎【篇章结构】‎ 关于“分段”（篇章结构）和“过渡词”（段落结构）‎ 英语段落基本机构 T 主题句 Topic Sentence D拓展句 Developing Sentence E解释句 Explanation C总结句 Concluding Sentence 段落基本结构 TTTTTTTTTTTTTTT.First,DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD.Secondly,DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD.Thirdly,DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDd.In conclusion,CCCCCCCCCCC.‎ 社会主义好。Firstly,人们能温饱。Secondly,购物不花钱。Thirdly,有病死不了。In conclusion ,社会主义真好。‎ 练习：Which one is an exception?‎ 鹅鹅鹅，‎ 曲项向天歌，‎ 白毛浮绿水，‎ 红掌拨清波。‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ T--D 离离原上草 一岁一枯荣 野火烧不尽 春风吹又生 T--D 白日依山尽 黄河入海流 欲穷千里目 更上一层楼 B—T “B”stands for background 常用主题句：‎ 表达观点：From my perspective …‎ 解释理由：There are two main reasons according for my view……‎ 给出建议：Here are several suggestions for you……‎ 常用过渡词：‎ 承上启下：‎ What’s more……‎ Moreover……‎ At the same time……‎ Meanwhile……‎ Then,……‎ Besides,……‎ 转折：‎ However Nevertheless On the other hand On the contrary In other words By the way 议论、说明段落中常用的过渡词：‎ 分两点拓展：‎ For one thing第一点。For another,第二点。‎ On the one hand第一点。On the other han第二点 分三点拓展 First and foremost第一点 Additionally第二点 Last but(centaily)not least第三点 分四点拓展：‎ To begin with第一点 Moreover第二点 What’s more第三点 Finally，第四点 继续段落中常用的过渡词：‎ Early in the morning 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ No sooner had we arrived at the destination than we we started to do sth.‎ Two hours later Then ‎ Late in the afternoon Having finished all the work,we 关于内容：‎ 1、 对于题中所给的内容：全面 Cover all the points giver 2、 对于自己发挥的内容：简单 As easy as possible!‎ 写自己熟悉的，会写的内容！‎ 内容定档，语言定分。‎ Mini Test：‎ 首先，我祝愿大家更快乐，更健康。‎ Above of all I congratulate all the students to happier than before,body is healthier.‎ First,I wish all students would be happier and healthier.‎ Good good study,day day up.‎ Heart flower angry open Yesterday night,I was kicked by my girl friend.‎ She ran away with a small white face.‎ She is my green plum and bamboo horse.‎ However,could you please tell me why the injured is always me.‎ 最简单的升级技巧 1、 It is clear that ‎ 2、 It is obvious that 3、 There is no doubt that 4、 No one can deny 5、 Needless to say 6、 It goes without saying that ‎ ‎40个升级技巧 遣词技巧 换词大法：3种 添词大法：4种 造句技巧：‎ 前面添一添：黄金圣衣句型6个 后面补一补：万能尾巴句型18个 中间变一变：3种变主语，6种变句式 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ 总结：高分作文五大关键点 1、 卷面：clean clear 2、 分段：T-D结构，一个要点写成一段 3、 遣词造句：正确—升级 4、 过渡词：最好每段都用 5、 内容要点：全面，简单 ‎29分高分作文欣赏 Sue,needless to say,I thank you.First and foremost,there is no doubt that you taught well.Additionally,it is obvious that we learned a lot.Last but not least,no one can deny we had a great time together.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎2013北京新东方高考英语写作宝典（李辉）‎ 总述 如何得分？‎ 对比高分和低分作文的区别，我们得到高考英语书面表达的“五大得分敏感点”：‎ 卷面；‎ 分段；‎ 遣词造句；‎ 过渡词；‎ 内容要点；‎ 使用技巧的总原则：‎ ‎（1）细节丰富！‎ ‎（2）避免重复！‎ 上篇：语言基础 ‎：造句基础；‎ 汉英语序的区别；‎ LiHua is a girl. ——LiHua is a smart girl.‎ I love you. —— I love you very much.‎ I am a student. —— I am a student of New Oriental School.‎ There are some children playing b-ball. —— There are some children playing b-ball on the playing ground.‎ 从以上四对句子的对比中，看出汉语和英语语序的关系：‎ 主干成分：汉英语序基本一致 修饰成分：汉语前修，英语短前长后 结论：我们在造句时，应该...‎ ‎1、先抓主干造句，再添加修饰成分；‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎2、用“句型”造句；‎ 翻译句子的难点：‎ 修饰成分的位置；‎ 句型或固定搭配；‎ ‎6种主干句型；‎ 主谓： I come.‎ 主谓宾： I love you.‎ 主谓宾宾： I give you my heart.‎ 主谓宾补： You make me your friend.‎ 主系表： You were my everything.‎ There be 句型：There is a girl dancing in my heart.‎ 四种修饰成分；‎ 英语里面，一共只有四种修饰性成分，称为“四朵金花”——非常好认（阅读），非常好用（写作）！！‎ 四朵金花：突破阅读理解长难句，搞定书面表达牛句型！‎ 修饰词：adj. adv.‎ 介词短语：从介词开始到名词结束，表达一个独立的、完整的含义的结构。‎ 从句：‎ 非谓语动词：‎ ‎【练习】请用括号画出2010年高考英语试卷阅读理解部分中的全部的修饰成分，然后 看看将修饰成分后，剩下的主干语序和汉语是否“基本一致”；‎ 尝试翻译每个句子，体会“后修变前修”的语序规则！‎ 句子拓展方法；‎ 首先练习以下基本句子的翻译：‎ 你应该理解你的母亲。You should understand your mother.‎ 我们应该学好英语。We should learn English well.‎ 我爱吃鱼。I love eating fish.‎ 今天是个好天气。Today is a great day. / It is a great day today.‎ 如何在这些基本句子基础上进行语法拓展？‎ 利用句中名词进行拓展；‎ 利用句中动词进行拓展；‎ 利用“帽子家族”（黄金圣衣句型）和“尾巴家族”（原因 结果 目的 程度）进行拓展；‎ P.S：这两个是新启用的术语，呵呵。‎ ‎：词汇升级；‎ ‎40个常见升级词汇：‎ ‎1、like → ‎ love enjoy prefer...‎ be fond of + 物 be crazy about + 人/物 appreciate I appreciate your sense of humour.‎ ‎2、want to do sth →‎ 倾向于做某事 tend/intend to do sth ‎ 渴望做某事 be longing for doing sth.‎ 渴望做某事 be thirsty for doing sth 期待做某事 look forward to doing sth 迫不及待做某事 can't wait to do sth 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ 渴望做某事 desire to do / have the desire to do sth /for sth ‎ ‎3、Should do → ‎ be supposed to do ought to ‎ had better do ‎ Why not do sth？‎ ‎4、think about sth/consider sth→‎ take into account +sth take into consideration +sth 【例】take into consideration /account other people's opinion. 考虑别人的意见 ‎5、not → by no means eg:By no means shall we give up trying.我们决不能停止努力。【不完全倒装】‎ eg:This is by no means a good way to solve the problem. 这绝不是解决问题的最好方法。‎ ‎6、although → ‎ admitting that... ‎ ‎7、because + 句子→ ‎ considering that...考虑到 ‎,for...(一般用在句中，比because的表达方式更为简洁) ‎ ‎8、because of +n → ‎ due to +n ‎ thanks to +n owning to+n ‎【特别注意】英语特爱玩搭配，玩转了搭配就能玩转英语——一定要搞清楚什么后面加句子，什么后面加名词！‎ ‎9、so → ‎ ‎... ,therefore, ...‎ ‎... ,as a result, ...‎ ‎... ,accordingly, ...‎ ‎... ,consequently,...‎ ‎10、1)more and more+n. → ‎ students in growing numbers ‎ 2)more and more +adj→‎ increasingly important ‎ ‎11、think → guess harbor the idea that...‎ take the attitude that...‎ hold the view that...‎ It is widely shared that...‎ It is universally acknowledged that...‎ ‎12、believe → ‎ sb insist on sth 坚持（某种观点）‎ sb insist that... 坚持做某事 be sure that ‎ ‎13、can do sth → ‎ will do sth be able to do sth 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ be capable to do sth can't do sth → ‎ fail to do sth are not able to do sth ‎15、not → ‎ by no means / at no time eg:By no means shall we give up trying.我们决不能停止努力。【不完全倒装】‎ eg:This is by no means a good way to solve the problem. 这绝不是解决问题的最好方法。‎ ‎16、adj.=of+n.‎ Important → of great importance ‎ Different → of great difference Beautiful → of amazing beauty ‎ wise → of outstanding wisdom useful → of great use ‎【例句】My mom is a woman of beauty.‎ ‎ 我的母亲是一位用美丽来诠释的女人。‎ ‎17、we →‎ We high school students We teenagers We Chinese We Chinese young generation ‎18、20 students ‎ as many as 20 students ‎【强调数量多】‎ ‎19、用as比喻：‎ ‎（使文章具有修辞意识）‎ Blue → as blue as the sea ‎ Red → as red as blood ‎ ‎【例句】 The sky was once as blue as the sea ,but now they are both dark and dirty . ‎ ‎20、Happy →‎ ‎ joyful / delighted ‎21、use → ‎ make good use of ‎22、learn → ‎ pick up (偶然学到) ‎ master（掌握）‎ ‎23、do → ‎ make good use of your time and effort to do never fails to do have every reason to do can't help doing 忍不住做某事 ‎24、cry → ‎ burst into tears with tears in her/his/my/our eyes ‎25、laugh → ‎ burst into laughter 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎26、really →‎ undoubtedly / absolutely ‎ ‎27、very → ‎ extremely / surprisingly ‎ unusually ‎28、Enough → ‎ adequate ‎ ‎29、in fact → ‎ as a matter of the fact actually ‎ ‎30、may be → ‎ probably may as well ‎ 也可以 ‎31、good →‎ desirable / satisfactory beneficial / useful excellent / terrific ‎ wonderful /outstanding very good / great ‎ ‎32、bad → ‎ terrible undesirable unsatisfactory ‎33、many → a lot of a number of+可数名词 plenty of+可数/不可数名词 a multitude of+可数名词 many+可数名词+,if not most,+...‎ ‎34、all + 名词复数（如students） →‎ every single student 【强调“每一个”，注意名词要用单数】‎ such as →‎ including 【用来列举图画中的细节】‎ ‎36、will do →‎ will be doing sth + 未来时间点 【将来时变成将来进行时】‎ ‎38、have done → ‎ have been doing 【现在完成时变成现在完成进行时】‎ ‎ 37、didn't do sth → ‎ should have done 【把真实语气的否定变成虚拟语气里的“肯定表否定”】‎ ‎ 38、remember → ‎ keep in mind ‎【例】We should remember this lesson.=We teenagers are supposed to keep in mind this lesson.‎ ‎：加分句型；‎ 被动语态；‎ ‎【语法详解】‎ ‎“语态”跟“时态”一样，都是动词的“变态”。‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎“时态”指的是“动词”随着时间的变化而发生的变化，‎ 而“语态”指的是动词按照它和主语之间是“主动关系”还是“被动关系”而变化。‎ 英语动词有两种语态：主动语态和被动语态。‎ 主动语态表示主语是动作的施动者，被动语态表示主语是动作的受动者。‎ 例如：He answers the questions in public.（主动语态）他公开地回答了问题。‎ ‎ The questions were answered in public.（被动语态）问题被公开答复了。‎ 用“被动语态”的本质是：把宾语（宾语往往是真正想要被描述的核心名词！）变成主语，体现英语表达的“客观性”。‎ 请体会下列例句中，被动语态所体现的“客观性”：‎ ‎1. This factory produces machine tools. 这家工厂生产车床。‎ ‎>>> Machine tools are produced in this factory. 车床是在这家工厂生产的。‎ ‎2. They found a wallet in the car. 他们在车里捡到一个钱包。‎ ‎>>> A wallet was found in the car. 钱包是在车里捡到的。‎ ‎3. They are repairing the bridge. 他们正在修复桥梁。‎ ‎>>> The bridge is being repaired. 桥梁正在修复中。‎ ‎4. They often make fun of her. 人们常拿她开玩笑。‎ ‎>>> She is often made fun of. 她常被人取笑。‎ ‎5. He made a mess of the house. 他把房子搞得乱七八糟。‎ ‎>>> The house was made a mess of. 房子被搞得乱七八糟。‎ ‎6. He took great care of his books. 他非常爱护书籍。‎ ‎>>> His books were taken great care if. 他的书籍受到精心爱护。‎ ‎>>> Great care was taken of his books. 他的书籍受到精心爱护。‎ ‎【使用说明】‎ 口诀：中文用“人”做主语，强调主观感情的宣泄；英文用“核心名词”做主语，强调客观事实的陈列；‎ ‎【额外赠送】‎ 体现英语客观性还有一种方法，就是“改换谓语动词”——总之就千方百计把宾语变成主语...‎ ‎【例1】如新概念第三册第九课中，将We all love cats. 改为Cats never fail to fascinate human beings.‎ 非谓语动词；‎ ‎【语法详解】英语中，一个单句有且只有一个谓语动词，当需要使用第二个动词时，要么用从句，要么用非谓语动词；‎ ‎【使用说明】‎ 口诀1：“一个人做两件事用非谓语动词，两个人做两件事用‘独立主格结构’，主动用ing，被动用ed”‎ ‎【例1】1. A search party was armed with the new machine. 2. They went into the cave. 3. They hoped to find buried treasure. ‎ 这样的三句简单句在Lesson55中被整合成了很有层次感的复合句：Armed with the new machine, a search party went into the cave hoping to find buried treasure. 第一句变成“过去分词作状语”第三句变成“现在分词做状语”。‎ ‎【例2】Lesson65课中也有一句是这样写的：Dressed up as Father Christmas and accompanied by a 'guard of honour' of six pretty girls, he set off down the main street of the city riding a baby elephant called Jumbo.自己动手翻译一下吧！‎ 口诀2：“在汉语中用‘动词+的’修饰名词时，英语中用定语从句或者非谓语动词”‎ ‎【例3】我看到一只在天空中飞翔的小鸟。I saw a bird flying in the sky.‎ ‎【额外赠送】神奇的“动宾构词法”‎ 例：Climb the mountain—— mountain-climbing —— mountain-climber —— a mountain-climbing fan 任何一个“动宾短语”都能变出一个人（名词）、一件事（也是名词）和一个形容词！‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎“道具句型”with+n.+补语 / “配角句型” together with + sb + 补语；‎ ‎【语法详解】本质是介词短语，表示“伴随”，翻译为“有什么什么”以及“跟某人一起”‎ ‎【使用说明】‎ ‎1、用在情景作文，图画中出现道具和配角时使用；‎ ‎2、基本上只要不是强拆别人的结构，把它放在哪儿都行；‎ 强调句；‎ ‎【语法详解】‎ 对谓语动词的强调 I do love you.‎ 对其他成分的强调 It is you that/who I love. It is I that/who love you.‎ ‎【使用说明】‎ 本质上也属于万能句型——只要是实在没有亮点的句子，都可以用强调句型来升级；‎ 一般用在段落首尾句，作为强调；‎ 这是个特殊语法，跟“被动语态”、“非谓语动词”这种常规语法不一样，不能到处都用，呵呵；‎ ‎【额外赠送】讲“我们的责任”的万能句。‎ It is we general Chinese young generation who are undertaking the future of our mother land.‎ 貌似中国高考只喜欢考“我们的责任”，不喜欢考“我们的权利”，呵呵。将来老师起来造反的时候你们记得响应啊！‎ 倒装句；‎ ‎【语法详解】‎ 倒装的目的就是强调，需要使用用“倒装”来强调的成分有三种，“唯一”、“否定”、“修饰”。‎ ‎【使用说明】‎ 口诀：“强调部分”前置，助系情提到主语之前。‎ 将“唯一”前置的部分倒装；‎ Only then can you master Chinese so well that you can talk freely in it.‎ Only through education can we rise in the world.‎ 将“否定”前置的部分倒装；‎ Never do I want to see the river polluted again!‎ Never has this topic failed to fascinate people.‎ 讲“修饰”前置的部分倒装；{真好用啊真好用，真好用啊真好用！——孩儿们好好体会体会，哈哈}‎ The kid is clever. —— So clever is the kid that we all like him. 这娃真灵，大家都挺喜欢他。‎ The problem is severe. —— So severe is this problem that we have no alternative but to take some feasible measures to deal with it. 这个问题是如此严重以至于我们别无选择只能赶紧采取措施搞定它。‎ ‎【额外赠送】‎ 刚才都是“部分倒装”，下面讲讲“完全倒装”的技巧，作文里面不是很万能，凑合着学学吧，单选会考。‎ ‎1.there be句型(特殊的全部倒装句型)‎ There are bloody contents, violence and pornography in the Internet.‎ ‎2 .there here now then放在句首时，句子进行全部倒装。‎ Now is the time to take action.‎ ‎3.方位状语开头时，句子进行全部倒装。‎ In books are embalmed the greatest thoughts of all ages.‎ ‎4.主语与表语互换位置(当主语过长而表语过短时，可以把主语与表语互换位置从而构成全部倒装)‎ Well-known is that energy crisis poses a threat to the society.‎ ‎5.伴随状语开头(With或Along with放在句首时，句子应该全部倒装)‎ With globalization have come many problems.‎ 省略句；‎ ‎【语法详解】重复了就要省略！‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎1、并列结构中的省略 口诀：and后面凡是与and前面相同的成分通常都会被省略，or也是。 To some smile is very easy, and to others (smile is) so hard.‎ We may go there by train or (by) air.‎ ‎2、状语从句中的省略 口诀：当状语从句的主语和主句的主语一致，或从句的主语是it，且有系动词be的任何形式时，可以省略状语从句的主语和系动词be，只保留分词和其它成分，从而使语言更加简洁明了。‎ ‎ 温馨提示：这些知识光看懂是不够的！如果没有语感，根本写不出来！下面例句必须一个一个地看、一个一个地抄、一个一个地背，才能对“省略”有感觉！‎ ‎①时间状语从句中的省略 I favor English when (I was) a pupil.‎ When (he was) still a boy of 10, he had to work day and night.‎ ‎②地点状语从句中的省略 The river is clean where (it is) deep.‎ ‎③让步状语从句中的省略 Although (she was) the youngest of the group, she won all the prizes.‎ ‎④方式状语从句中的省略 The baby closed his eyes as if ( he were ) to sleep.‎ ‎⑤条件状语从句中的省略 Drop in on me if (it is) possible.‎ She won't come unless (she is) invited.‎ ‎⑥原因状语从句中的省略 (If we were) Given more attention, the plants could have grown better.‎ ‎⑦比较状语从句中的省略 You can play the game just as wonderfully as I (do). 在以than和as引导的比较结构的状语从句中，省略某些与主句相同的成分或在特定上下文中有某些不言而喻的成分，可省掉整个as/than从句。 The pianos in the other shop will be cheaper (than those in this shop), but (they are) not as good (as those in this shop).‎ ‎⑧状语从句中并列结构的省略 They will be arriving either before (the film begins) or after the film begins.‎ ‎【例】When first_______to the market, these products enjoyed great success. (2004全国卷Ⅱ)‎ introducing B. introduced C. introduce D. being introduced it家族；‎ ‎【语法详解】it 做“形式主语”或“形式宾语”；‎ ‎【使用说明】‎ 客观评价句型：It is + 名词/形容词 + that从句/+ for sb to do sth.‎ 主观评价句型：Sb. consider/regard/think/guess it + 名词/形容词 + that从句/+ for sb to do sth.‎ ‎“使A变成B的样子”句型：Sb/Sth makes it + 名词/形容词 + that从句/+ for sb to do sth.‎ 六大黄金圣衣句型 ‎【使用说明】任何句子上面都能套用的神奇句型！实在没什么亮点的短句子上面可以套用！‎ 清：It is clear that ...‎ 明：It is obvious that ... ‎ 疑：There is no doubt that ...‎ 否：No one can deny ...‎ 不用：Needless to say, ...‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ 走：It goes without saying that ...‎ ‎【注意】其实这六个句子是我随便找了一本教科书，用了5分钟挑出来的，也就是说，你也可以把课本翻出来，寻找属于自己的“黄金圣衣”句型！‎ 四大尾巴句型；‎ 原因 because/,for/considering that...+句子 because of/ owing to/ thanks to/due to + 名词 【搭配！注意搭配！】 ‎ 结果 ....so.../ ...,as a result ,.../ ...,therefore ,... / ...,consequently ,... / ...,accordingly,...‎ 目的 so that/in order that...+ 句子 so as to/in order to...+名词 程度 so + adj + that such + n +that 段内过渡词 文章的过渡之所以必要,是因为写作时从一个时间到另一个时间、从一个地点到另一个地点、从一个人物到另一个人物、从一个事件到另一个事件,或者由于插叙和 倒叙的更替 、叙述和议论的变换、正面描写和侧面描写 的结合等多种情况 ,这就少不了过渡。过渡的实质是承上启下 ,就是在文章的结构上搭设 一 座逻辑的桥 ,把上下文所写 的两个内容衔接起来,使文章的思路自然通畅。‎ 要想过一条河方法很多可以游过去,可以乘船过去,还可以架桥过去……至于选择哪种方法最合适,要根据河面的宽度、河水的深度而定。同样,文章的句与句、段与段之间也有大大小小的河,其过渡方式也多种多样,若能恰到好处地选择,文章就能前后一贯、逻辑严密、结构紧凑。‎ ‎【最常用的段落框架】‎ On the one hand,... . On the other hand,... .‎ For one thing, ... . For another, ... .‎ First and foremost, ... Additionally,.../In addition,... Last but (certainly) not least,.. .‎ To begin/start with,... Moreover,... Furthermore,... / What's more,... Finally,...‎ ‎【十五大类过渡词】‎ 温馨提示：有必要一一研读！对写作、完型、翻译都很有帮助！花30分钟抄几遍吧！‎ 最佳学习方法：先把全部的学一遍，再挑出你自己写作时可能用到的背过！‎ ‎(1)表并列关系的过渡词:‎ and, also, as well, as well as, or, too, not only ... but also, both ... and, either ... or, neither ... nor ‎(2)表递进关系的过渡词:‎ besides, in addition ( 加之, 除……之外) , moreover (此外, 而且), what’ s more ( 更重要的是) , what’ s worse(更糟糕的是)‎ ‎(3)表转折对比的过渡词:‎ but, however, yet, instead, on the other hand, on the contrary(相反), although, despite, in spite of, whereas ‎(而) , unlike, nevertheless(然而) , not only ... but also, years ago ... today, the former... the latter, the first ... Whereas the second, once ... now, on the one hand ...on the other hand, some ... others ‎(4)表原因的过渡词:‎ because, because of, since, as, for, now that, thanks to, due to(由于)‎ ‎(5)表结果的过渡词:‎ So, ...； Thus,...； therefore,...； as a result,...； so that,...； then,...；‎ hence ( 因此),...； so ...that...； such ... That ... ；‎ ‎(6)表条件的过渡词:‎ If = on condition that(条件是)； as/so long as(只要)； unless； ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎(7)表时间的过渡词:‎ when, while, after, before, until, as soon as, later, afterwards ( 事后) , soon, lately, recently, since, from then on, eventually, in the meantime, then, suddenly, at the same time, next, early this morning / year / century, after a while, in a few days, now, presently, finally, at last, all of a sudden, from now on, at present, immediately, the moment ‎(8)表特定的顺序关系的过渡词:‎ first, firstly, second, secondly, third, thirdly, above all, first of all, then, next, finally, in the end, at last, afterward( s) (后来) , meanwhile (几乎同时) , thereafter(在那以后) , last, finally,‎ eventually(终于)‎ ‎(9)表"换一种方式表达"的过渡词:‎ In other words,...； That is to say,...； To put it another way,...；‎ ‎(10)表进行举例说明的过渡词:‎ for instance, for example, like, such as，including,‎ ‎(11)表陈述事实的过渡词:‎ in fact, actually, as a matter of fact, to tell you the truth ‎(12)表强调的过渡词:‎ certainly, indeed, above all, surely, most importantly, in fact, no doubt, without any doubt, truly, obviously ‎(13)表比较的过渡词:‎ like, unlike, in the same way, similarly, similar to ‎(14)表目的的过渡词:‎ for this reason, for this purpose(为此), so that, in order to, so as to ‎(15)表总结的过渡词:‎ in a word(总之, 简言之), in general, in short (总之), above all, after all, generally speaking, to sum up, finally, in conclusion, at last, in summary ‎【按照写作文时的具体用法分类】‎ ‎１ 有关“启” 的常用词语 用于引导主题句，或用于主题句的后面，引导第一个扩展句。‎ first(ly)/ at first/ first of all 第一， 最初， 首先 in the first place 首先， 第一 at present /now 现在 in the beginning 起初 to begin/start with 首先， 第一 for one thing 首先， (常与 for another 连用) （其次）‎ on the one hand 一方面 (常与 on the other hand连用) （另一方面）‎ currently 目前 lately/recently 最近 in general/generally speaking 一般来说 ‎2 有关“承” 的常用词语 用于承接主题句， 或第一个 （或前一个） 扩展句。‎ second(ly) 第二； 第二点 third (ly) 第三； 第三点 also/too 并且； 又， 也 besides (this) 此外 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ in addition 此外 in addition to 除…之外 furthermore/ moreover/ what is more 而且,此外 for another 其次 for example /instance 例如 as an example 例如 namely 即, 就是 then 然后 of course 当然 in other words 换句话说 in particular 特别,尤其 in the same way 同样地 after that 此后 afterwards 此后 after a few days 几天以后 after a while 过了一会儿 from now on 从此 later 后来 just as 正如 similarly 同样地 meanwhile/ at the same time 同时 by this time 此时 soon 不久 consequently 结果 ‎3 有关 “转” 的常用词语 用来表示不同或相反的情况 after all 毕竟 but 但是 yet 仍,然而 however 然而 nevertheless 尽管,如此 though / although 尽管如此 despite / in spite of 尽管 on the contrary 相反地 unlike… 与…不同 on the other hand 另一方面 unfortunately 不幸地 still 仍然 in fact/ as a matter of fact 事实上 ‎4 有关 “合” 的常用词语 用于小结段落中上文的内容， 引导最后一个扩展句或引 导结尾句表示段落的结束。‎ Finally/at last 最后,终于 in brief /short 简言之 in conclusion 总之 in summary 摘要地说 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ therefore 因此 thus 因此 to conclude/ summarize/ sum up 总而言之 briefly 简单地说 above all 最重要地 as a result 结果 as I have said 如我所述 at length 最后， 终于 eventually 最终 indeed 的确 surely 无疑 no doubt 毫无疑问 truly 的确 so 所以 obviously 显然 certainly 无疑 ‎5 表示过渡的词 这类词同样可以起到增强句子连贯性和文章流畅的词。‎ 表示增加的过渡词： also, and, and then, too, in addition, besides, furthermore, moreover, again another, above all,‎ 表示时间顺序的过渡词： now, then, before, after,afterwards, earlier, later,immediately, soon, next, in a few days, meanwhile, gradually, first, second, finally, till.‎ 表示空间顺序的过渡词 ： near, near to, far, far from, in front of, beside,beyond, above,below,to the right, to the left, around, behind, on one side….‎ 表示对比的过渡词： but,still, however， on the other hand，on the contrary, yet, in spite of,nevertheless 表示比较的过渡词： in the same way, similarity, just like just as ，‎ 表示结果和原因的过渡词： because, since, so, as a result, therefore,then , hence, thus ,as.‎ ‎【过渡词专项练习】这里面除了练习一些过渡词，还练习了一些黄金圣衣句型 ‎2005 年湖北卷 (in fact, in my opinion,for one reason, so, for another reason, therefore)‎ I'm very glad to have received the letter you sent me two weeks ago. I've been think-ing about the question you asked me. __________, You should come back after you finish your studies abroad. __________, what you are studying is badly needed nowadays in China. It will be quite easy for you to find a good job. ___________, I know a few big companies in our city are hoping to hire people like you. ____________, I think it will be much more convenient for you to look after your parents as they are getting old. I think it's a good idea for you to return. _______________, what are you waiting for?‎ 答案：In my opinion, For one reason, In fact, For another reason, Therefore, So ‎2005 年福建卷 (in my opinion, it is known to us all, what’ s more, on the other hand, so, but, instead of )‎ My Opinion on Cheating in Examinations ‎ ‎ ___________that some students cheat in examinations at school.As students, we often take examinations at school._________, sometimes we have too many examinations which are too difficult for us. _________, some of us are lazy and don’ t work hard at our lessons. ___________, when taking examinations, they sometimes cheat in order to get better results to please their parents and 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ teachers.‎ ‎ _________, it is wrong to cheat in examinations because it breaks the rules of schools. We students should be honest and try to get good results by studying hard __________ cheating in examinations._________ ,we should improve our study methods and get well prepared for examinations.‎ 答案：It’ s known to us all, but, On the other hand, So, In my opinion, instead of, What's more 点评：这里的on the other hand有点不地道，anyway，这就是中国高考！‎ ‎2006 年福建卷 (as we all know, only in this way, surely, therefore, in my opinion, however, as well as, besides)‎ ‎ __________, we are what we eat.__________, it’ s very important for us to form healthy eating habits.‎ ‎ __________, bad eating habits are still very common among us students. Some of us often go to school without breakfast; some like to have snacks; some others are particular about food; and still some eat or drink too much. All these bad habits will __________do harm to our health.‎ ‎ To keep fit, we should have various healthy diets, which generally include proper amounts of fish, meat, vegetables, fruit______ main food. ________, we'd better have meals regularly.‎ ‎ _____________ , we should try to develop healthy eating habits to build up a strong body.___________ can we have enough energy to study better.‎ 答案：As we all know, Therefore, However, surely, as well as, Besides, In my opinion, Only in this way 中篇：文章框架 第四章：情景作文；‎ ‎【能力要求】‎ 要能够轻松写出以下6种内容，才算掌握了 情景作文的写法：‎ 组图主题： 一两句话写出整个活动的时间、地点、人物、主题；‎ 每图要点： 一句话（两三个单词）概括整幅图画的主题；‎ 每图细节： 时间 地点 人物 天气 道具（配角） 心情 每图想象或感受： 情景作文要“入戏”！‎ ‎5、图间过渡： 七成用时间过渡，三成用地点过渡。“一幅图写成一段”！‎ 文章结尾议论, 深化主题；‎ ‎【文章框架】‎ ‎1、主题段；‎ ‎2、图画描述段，四大组成部分：（1）时间 （2）要点（3）细节（4）心情；‎ 总结段；‎ ‎【典型模板】‎ 主题段；‎ Last Sunday was memorable when I/we had a meaningful and interesting experience (on that day).‎ So memorable was Last Sunday when I/we had a meaningful and interesting experience (on that day).‎ experience可以改成具体词 思考：这是个什么加分句型？‎ 答：“修饰成分提前的部分倒装”。‎ So memorable was Last Sunday when I/we managed to do sth on that day.‎ 如果第一幅图是“讨论”,不便直接告知故事主题，则先用一个抽象的意义，如“勤奋”、“耐心”等，虚晃一招：‎ ‎ Sth. never fails to be of growing importance in our society/in our daily life. Such is a memorable experience that taught us another lesson of/that gave us another chance to learn the significance of it. ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ 注：这里的sth就是我们能够在整个故事中能够学到的深刻道理，常见的道理如下：‎ 勤奋 耐心 认真 乐观 环保Environmental protection.... 家庭关系 家庭教育 ‎ 思考：上句尾的it指代什么？‎ 答：指代句首的sth；‎ 图画描述段；‎ 特别注意：为了方便阅卷老师的工作，一定要一幅图写成一个“图画描述段”！‎ ‎“图画描述段”是“情景作文”的“主体段”，高分作文的图画描述段有四大组成部分：‎ 过渡(七成是时间、三成是地点)；‎ 要点；（如：出发、种树、立牌子、照相）‎ 细节(六大图画细节：时间 地点 人物 天气 道具 心情)；‎ 想象或感受；‎ ‎【典型场景】‎ ‎{1}“讨论”场景；‎ ‎ 时间，A heated discussion was held + 地点+ on what to do ... before（意为“然后”） a final decision was made that 用一个完整的句子表示讨论结果.（同位语从句）‎ ‎ 时间，A heated discussion was held + 地点 + on what to do ... . Several options /opinions were given/shared such as doing A,doing B and doing C before a final decision was made that用一个完整的句子表示最终讨论结果.（同位语从句）‎ ‎【例子】（2008年北京卷情景作文第一幅图）Last Friday, a heated discussion was made in our class on what to do for the spring outing. Several opinions were given such as going boating, visiting an amusement park and climbing a mountain before a final decision was made that we would go mountain-climbing.‎ 注：注意“动宾构词法”的应用：mountain-climbing ‎{2}“出发”场景；‎ Early in the morning, with the sun rising from the east/horizon (and the trees and flowers smiling to us happily), we/I set out/started to do sth, chatting and laughing all the way.‎ ‎{2}“到达”场景；‎ No sooner did we arrived at sp than we started to do sth in a flash, feeling rather excited.‎ Upon arrival, we started to do sth in a flash.‎ ‎{3}“劳动”场景；‎ 分工1：Some... Some... Others... Still others....‎ ‎(2)分工2：Works are shared/ assigned to us such as doing A, doing B and doing C.‎ ‎(3)合作1：We immediately joint our effort to do sth.（一起努力做某事）‎ ‎{4}“离开”场景 Upon departure, ...‎ Upon leaving, ...‎ Before we left for school,...‎ ‎{5}表示“感受”的常用句型；‎ 用as化简although：Exhausted/Tired as we were, we/I felt our/my time and effort worthwhile.‎ Hard as the work is,we/I felt our/my time and effort worthwhile.‎ So much time as it cost, I felt it worthwhile.‎ We were/felt extremely joyful to see...‎ A great sense of achievement/confidence flooded us when we finally managed to do sth...‎ ‎【例】A great sense of achievement/confidence flooded us when the work was finally done and the office turned as tidy and clean as a hotel wedding hall. ‎ We can't hide our passion and enthusiasm when we heard we were going to do sth.‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ 感叹句：what用来感叹一个名词或名词短语；how用来感叹一个形容词或副词。‎ ‎【例一】It is a meaningful experience.‎ What a meaningful experience it is! 这里的a meaningful experience是一个名词，是What感叹的对象 How meaningful the experience is! 这里的meaningful是形容词，是How感叹的对象 ‎【例二】We had a meaningful lesson.‎ What a meaningful lesson we had!‎ How meaningful a lesson we had!‎ 总结段；‎ ‎ From this experience, I learned that we Chinese young generation are supposed to take the responsibility to do sth1 instead of doing sth2. Only in this way can our society/family/class/school/life be flooded with harmony and happiness.‎ ‎【必背例文】‎ 一、2008北京卷情景作文 ‎ Environmental protection never fails to be of growing importance in our daily life. Such is a memorable experience that taught us another lesson of the significance of it. ‎ ‎ Last Sunday, a heated discussion was held in our class on what to do for the spring outing. Several opinions were given such as going boating , visiting the amusement park and climbing a mountain before a final decision was made that we would go mountain- climbing.‎ ‎ Early in the morning, with the sun rising from the east , we set out to climb the Maoershan mountain, chatting and laughing all the way.‎ ‎ In the afternoon, the moment we arrived at the top, we surprisingly found different kinds of litters here and there （thrown by the former visitors）, including cans, bottles, banana peels and plastic bags. Feeling rather disappointed, we started to join our effort to pick them up in a flash.‎ ‎ Finally, we managed to gather them together and put them into two different bins, recycling and non-recycling.Exhausted as we were, we felt our time and effort worthwhile.‎ ‎ From this experience, I learned that we teenagers are supposed to be responsible for the environmental protection. Only in this way can our society be flooded with harmony and happiness. ‎ ‎(共210字，主体部分150字)‎ 二、2010北京卷情景作文 ‎ ‎ So memorable was last weekend when I managed to help my grand parents arrange their trip to BeiDaihe.‎ ‎ Early on the Saturday morning, I , together with my grand parents, surfed the Internet for some useful information such as the train timetable, the weather and the hotel.‎ ‎ In the afternoon, I took the subway to the Beijing Railway Station to buy them tickets. Although there were a multitude of people waiting in the queue,I finally managed to get the tickets ,for which I felt extremely excited.‎ ‎ In the evening, back home, I, with the help of my grandma, packed all the useful things into a suitcase, including clothes, map, shoes and umbrella. Hopefully these items would help them enjoy their trip.‎ ‎ The next day, we went to the station together where I waved goodbye to them and saw them off. They seemed to be pretty joyful.Exausted as I was, I felt my time and effort worthwhile.‎ ‎ From this experience,I learned that we teenagers are supposed to take the responsibility to do whatever we can for those old members in our family. Only in this way can our family be flooded with harmony and happiness. ‎ ‎（共194字，主体部分138字）‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎：开放式作文；‎ ‎【文章框架】‎ 第一段：描述图画；‎ 第二段：分析道理；‎ 第三段：落实自身；‎ ‎【经典模板】‎ 第一段：描述图画；‎ ‎ Humorous/Interesting/Meaningful/Ridiculous /Ironic and thought-provoking is the picture that subtly portrays/ shows sb1 doing sth1, doing sth2 and doing sth3, with+sth+补语,together with +sb+补语,wearing sth,dressed in sth,feeling XXX. Meanwhile, sb2 is doing sth4.The caption informs us that ...It seems that... . ‎ 注：The caption informs us that (写文字说明所表达的意思，不必直接翻译).‎ ‎“你一条腿，我一条腿，你我一起，走南闯北。”We can achieve greater success as long as we work together.‎ ‎【举例】‎ 仙人掌：‎ ‎ Meaningful and thought- provoking is the picture that subtly portrays a Mother cactus in the desert under the sun holding an umbrella for her son, looking rather worried, while the son cactus is bending and turning weak, for he doesn't get adequate sunshine.It can be deduced that the cartoonist is try to attract our attention to the problem of family education.‎ 拿着放大镜看别人的缺点：‎ ‎ Ridiculous and thought- provoking is the picture that subtly portrays a winner's cup which is large and beautiful. Meanwhile, a magnifying glass is trying to look at a tiny black scratch on it. It can be deduced that the cartoonist desires to tell us that we are not supposed to search for other people's defects on purpose when they have achieved some success,instead,we ought to see their merits as well. ‎ 关心老年人 ‎ Meaningful and thought-provoking is the picture that subtly portarays a little girl,with her mom's help, learning to ride a bike in an amusement park.Both of them are smiling joyfully.Meanwhile, a lonely old man is sitting on a bench with nobody caring for him but/except his dog.It can be deduced that the cartoonist is trying to attract our attention to the issue of caring for the senior citizens.‎ 城市塑像 ‎ Meaningful and thought-provoking is the picture that subtly portrays a modern young lady sitting on a bench, with a lap-top computer on her knees, looking carefully at the screen and surfing the Internet. Meanwhile, an old man dressed in an traditional Chinese suit is staring at the young lady, wondering what exactly she is doing. It can be deduced that the cartoonist is trying to attract our attention to the issue that we should learn and enjoy different kinds of cultures. ‎ 第二段：分析道理；‎ ‎ It can be deduced that the cartoonist/drawer/author is trying to attract/draw our attention to the issue/problem/heated debate/topic/ancient wisdom of ...(用一两个单词点出中心思想，也就是你的立意).There are three main reasons why ... .First and foremost,... Additionally,... Last but certainly not least,...‎ 注：这里可能的立意包括：personal growth/ self-developing/family relationship/family education/ greater-than-ever social stress/ greater-than-ever social unfairness/ communication/‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ industry(勤奋)/time-saving / industry/self-confidence/ commercial morality/adaptation to new environment/ environmental protection 第三段：落实自身，展望未来；‎ ‎ Industry is powerful./All in all,/As has been discussed above,/From what has been said above,/In conclusion,/To summarize, /In a word,/ In brief, we teenagers are supposed to make good use of our time and energy to realize our dreams instead of playing all the time. (1)Therefore, a certainly brighter future are not only possible but inevitable.(2)Only in this way shall we have the chance of achieving our dreams.(3)Only in this way can our society/school /family/class/life be flooded with harmony and happiness.(4)It is we Chinese young generation who are undertaking the future of our mother land.‎ ‎：提纲式作文；‎ 提纲作文基本上是“一个内容要点写成一段”，每段都要写成“T-E”结构。下面是两个典型段落的例子：‎ ‎【原因】‎ There are three main reasons for it.First and foremost,... Additionally,... Last but not least,...‎ ‎【建议】‎ Here are some suggestions for you.First and foremost,... Additionally,... Last but not least,...‎ Immediate and effective measures are urgently required to be taken to improve the situation.Firstly,... Secondly,...Thirdly,...‎ ‎8篇课上讲过的范文 ‎【第一篇】观点对比型议论文 ‎【范文】‎ Last week, we hold a debating conference in out class on_____. When it comes to whether it is beneficial for sb. to do sth, opinions differ from person to person.‎ ‎ Some people say that 观点一 , considering that 理由 . However, others find it hard to agree with them. They share the opposite(相反的) view that 观点二 . There are three main reasons for this. To begin with, ________. Moreover, _________. Finally, _________.‎ ‎ So far as I am concerned, I vote for the later one, for_____. As high school students ,we are supposed to do sth instead of doing sth. Only in this way shall we have the chance of achieving our dreams. /Only in this way shall our society be flooded with harmony and happiness. (cleanness/true love/kindness)‎ ‎【第二篇】现象分析型议论文 ‎【题目】‎ 根据下面提示，写一篇题为“Give up Smoking”的短文（80词）‎ 内容要点：‎ ‎1、不少学生可能抽烟，学生中抽烟的人数还在增多；‎ ‎2、对于中学生来说，抽烟的危害比成年人更大，抽烟不仅有害于身体，还有害于思想；‎ ‎3、中学生是国家未来的建设者，抽烟学生该下决心戒烟了；‎ ‎【范文】‎ ‎ Recently, many high school students smoke. (What's more, )The number of smoking students is still increasing. 第一段描述问题。‎ ‎ From my point of view, smoking is of great harm后学先用 to us high school students. First of all, smoking does more harm to us than to adults. Besides, it is not only bad for our body but also our mind. As has been said above, it is clear that smoking never fails to be harmful to us. 第二段分析问题，TEEC结构。‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ All in all, students who smoke are supposed to give up smoking as soon as possible, for it is we who are undertaking the future of our motherland. 第三段给出解决办法和美好希望。‎ ‎【第三篇】问题解决型议论文——环保问题 ‎【范文】‎ These years, environmental protection has become a world-wide heated topic, on which news and reports can be seen everyday on TV and the Internet. We have suffered from polluted air and unclean water for years. For example, The sky was once as blue as the sea, but now they are both dark and dirty. It seems that those "blue age" could be found only in the memories of the past and in the dreams of the future.‎ ‎ It is obvious that immediate and effective measures have to be taken to improve the situation. First and foremost, there should be more public transportation such as bus and subway and less private cars in major citys both home and abroad. Additionally, needless to say, people are still wasting water and energy in some, if not most part of the country, which we have every reason to control by more education and legislation. Last but not the least, activities are needed to share the happiness and the sense of achievement of a low-cabin way of life.‎ ‎ From what has been discussed above, we may safely draw the conclusion that we Chinese young generation have to take responsibility and do some down-to-earth work for the future environment. ‎ ‎【第四篇】自荐信（05年山东卷）‎ ‎【题目】‎ 假设你是新华中学的学生李华，得知某英文报招聘兼职记者，你有意应聘，请按下列要点给报社写一封自荐信。‎ 要点：‎ ‎1.表示感兴趣 ‎2.说明优势：知识面、英语水平、合作精神、相关经历 ‎3.希望得到回复 注意：‎ ‎1.词数：100左右 ‎ ‎2. 可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯 ‎【范文1】‎ Dear Sir or Madam,‎ ‎ How are you doing? I am a senior 3 student from Xinhua high school. I heard/learned/am informed that you need some part time journalist. I am writing to apply for the job.‎ Needless to say, I am very interested in it. As for the reasons, on the one hand, it is clear that I can improve my personal ability, such as writing and communicating with others. On the other hand, it goes without saying that I will make some contribution to the society.‎ I am sure that I am capable to handle the job. To begin with, I am a knowledgeable person who is crazy about reading books. Moreover, no one can deny I never fail to do well in learning English from my childhood. What's more, I get along well with people around me, considering that I have been the chief chairman of the students' union for three years. Finally, I once worked as a journalist in my school broadcasting station so I am very experienced in this field.‎ As you can see, I really can't wait to get this job. Hopefully the chance would be given to me. Thanks for your time and patience. Looking forward to your early reply!‎ Best wishes.‎ Yours love/ truly , ‎ LiHua ‎【范文2】‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ Dear Sir or Madam,‎ ‎ I am a student from Xinhua high school. I am writing this letter in order that I can be a journalist as a part-time job during my summer vacation. ‎ ‎ Needless to say, I am very interested in this job. First and foremost, it is clear that it can improve my ability in writing. Additionally, by doing this job, I can help many people whom I don't even know.Last but not least, there is no doubt that I can make friends with different kinds of men.‎ ‎ I 'm sure I am capable to handle the job. To begin with, no one around me can deny I am a very knowledgeable person who enjoys reading books. Moreover, it goes without saying that I do well in English. What's more, I am good at team work, for I have been the monitor in my class for three years. Finally, I am experienced in writing, especially English writing, considering that two months ago I won the first prize in a CCTV cup national English writing competition.‎ ‎ As you can see, I really can't wait to get this job. Hopefully you will give the chance to me.Thanks for your time and patience. Looking forward to your early reply.‎ Best wishes,‎ ‎ Yours truly/love,‎ ‎ LiHua ‎【官方范文】‎ Dear Sir or Madam,‎ I’m a student from Xinhua Middle School. I’m glad to learn that you want a few part-time English reporters. I’m quite interested in it.‎ ‎ I think I’m fit for the job. As a student, I’ve read a lot and have much knowledge in many fields. Additionally, I’m fond of English and do well in both speaking and writing. Besides,I’m easy to get along with and enjoy working together with others. Above all, I once worked as a reporter for my school broadcasting station. So I’m sure I can do the job well if I get the position.（按照我们课上讲的技巧，最后一句应该改成：As a result, I have the confidence that I am capable to handle the job as long as I am given the oppotunity. 这个句子非常值得大家背诵！）‎ ‎ I’m looking forward to your early reply. ‎ Yours faithfully,‎ ‎ Li Hua ‎【第四篇】建议信（08年山东卷）‎ ‎【题目】‎ 假设你是新华中学的学生张华，班里从外地转来一名同学李明，他一时无法融入新的班集体中，感到很苦恼。请根据下列要点用英语给他写封信：‎ ‎1.帮他分析原因 ‎2.给他提出建议 ‎3.陈述你帮助他的具体打算 注意：词数120~150‎ Dear Li Ming,‎ ‎ ______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ ‎ Best regards ‎ Zhang Hua ‎【模板】‎ Dear LiMing,‎ ‎ How are you doing? I heard /learned that... . Now, I am writing to ... .‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ In my opinion,/ From my personal point of view, /As far as I am concerned, there are three main reasons why you have this problem. First and foremost,... Additionally,.... Last but not least, ... ‎ ‎ I have several suggestions for you. To begin with, ... Moreover, ... What's more, ... Finally, ... . Hopefully these suggestions will help you out.‎ ‎ As your friend, I will do my best to help you. 第一个措施. Besides, 第二个措施. I am sure you can make a lot of friends before long.‎ ‎ Best wishes,‎ ‎ Yours truly,‎ ‎ ZhangHua ‎【范文1】‎ Dear Li Ming,‎ How are you? I am writing this letter to give you some suggestions on how to get on well with your classmates . ‎ ‎ In my opinion, there are three main reasons why you have the problem.First and foremost, you are so shy that you don't often chat with your new classmates, as a result we all find it hard to know you well. Additionally, it seems that you never think about asking for help. Last but not least you have a different accent which makes it difficult for us to understand you easily.‎ ‎ Here are some suggestions for you.On the one hand, it is beneficial for you to open your heart and try to talk with us as often as possible. On the other hand, you'd better believe in yourself and improve your accent day by day.‎ ‎ As your friend, I will do whatever I can to help you.For example，I will teach you the standard accent and participate in various activities with you.‎ ‎ Hopefully my suggestions will help you.‎ Best wishes!‎ Yours love, ‎ Zhanghua ‎【范文3】‎ Dear LiMing,‎ I am writing this letter in order to give you some suggestions on your problems in getting along with us classmates.‎ As far as I am concerned, there are three main reasons why you have those problems. First and foremost, according to your personality, you don't feel like talking with others, as a result, it is a little bit more difficult for you to make others know you. Additionally, admitting that you do well in your study, you don't often offer to help others in learning.Last but not least, it goes without saying the time is still short that we study and live together so we haven't know each other deeply. ‎ Here are some suggestions for you. To begin with, you should talk more with people around you. Moreover, you are supposed to help others when they have trouble in learning. What's more, you'd better take part in more activities. Finally, you can read some books which tells you how to cope with others.‎ I have read some of those books and I can lend you some if you need. Besides, we can enjoy some activities together so that I can introduce you to my own friends. Hopefully my suggestions will be beneficial for you.‎ ‎ Best wishes,‎ ‎ Yours love, ‎ ‎ ZhangHua.‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎【第五篇】感谢信（10年陕西卷）‎ ‎【题目】‎ 假定你是李华。你们学校和一所美国中学签署了教师交流协议。在过去的一年里，你们的英文老师是来自这所中学的Sue Wood。不久前她返回美国任教。请你根据写作要点和要求给Sue写封电子邮件。‎ 写作要点：‎ ‎1.对她表达感谢之意; (议论)‎ ‎2.介绍她离开后你自己及班里发生的事情; ‎ ‎3.希望了解她的近况。‎ 要求：‎ ‎1.短文须写在答题卡的指定区域。‎ ‎2.短文词数不少于100（不含已写好的部分）。 ‎ ‎3.内容充实，结构完整，语意连贯；‎ ‎4.书写须清晰、工整。 ‎ ‎5.邮件中不能体现本人真实信息。‎ ‎【范文1】‎ Dear Sue,‎ How are you doing?‎ I am writing this letter to say "thank you."First and foremost, it is clear that you , just like "our foreign mother", were very patient to us.Additionally, needless to say, you taught me a lot, not only English knowledge but also your life wisdom. Last but certainly not least, there is no doubt that we had a great time. ‎ By the way, I can't wait to tell you something new about my class. After you left for the America, we had an English competition. We all did very well, using the knowledge you told us.No one can deny you helped us so much!‎ Sue, can you give me some information about your life in America? I miss you so much.‎ Look forward to your early reply!‎ Best wishes!‎ Yours love/truely,‎ LiHua ‎ ‎【范文2】这个是一个学生习作，并非“成品”，但是仍然可以让我们学到很多东西！‎ Dear Sue,‎ ‎ I am writing this letter to say “thank you”.First and foremost , you were very careful when you were teaching. Additionally, my English was improved greatly. Last but certainly not least , it is clear that you have changed my life.‎ ‎ By the way, I want to tell you something about my class .After you left for the America , all of us learn English hard . Now, we often go to the Bell Tower with foreigners .‎ Sue , can you tell me something new about yourself ? I miss you so much !‎ ‎ Looking forward to your early reply . ‎ ‎ Best wishes .‎ ‎ Yours ( love / truly )‎ ‎ LiHua ‎ ‎【第六篇】建议信（09年陕西卷）‎ ‎【题目】‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ 假定你是李华。在一个英文网络论坛上，你看到一个名叫Grown-up的中学生发帖（post）寻求帮助，请根据帖子内容，写作要点和要求回贴。‎ 写作要点：‎ ‎  1.告诉Grown-up要理解母亲；‎ ‎　　2.给Grown-up提出解决问题的具体建议。‎ ‎　　要求：‎ ‎　　1.短文需写在答题卡的指定区域。‎ ‎　　2.短文词数不少于80（不含已写好的部分）。‎ ‎　　3.内容充实，结构完整，语意连贯。‎ ‎　　4.书写须清晰、工整。‎ ‎【范文】‎ Dear Grown-up,‎ ‎ As a teenager of 16 years old, we have sth in common. But your mom never stops to be loving you deeply. As a result, we should try to understand her and get along well with each other. Now I will give you some advice in order to help you solve the problem.‎ ‎ A simple but effective way is to tell your mom that you can certainly feel her deep love and you have already grown up. Additionally, you can do something by yourself to prove that you aren't a kid any longer. There is no doubt that you ought to chat with your mom as often as possible so that it can make your mom feel better.Besides, you may as well help your mom do something such as some simple housework, and you will easily have an opportunity to show your ability.‎ ‎ I hope these ideas will be helpful, and please feel free to contact me for more information. ‎ ‎ 熟人： Yours love,‎ ‎ 生人： Yours truely,‎ ‎ LiHua ‎【第七篇】日记（09年湖南卷） ‎ 结构：“日记=记叙（六要素）+感想”‎ ‎【题目】‎ 假设你是某中学新老师李红，请给你的朋友张华写一封信，告诉他你第一天上课的情况，主要内容如下：‎ ‎1. 描述一件课堂上令你印象深刻的事情；‎ ‎2. 介绍你处理该事的方式；‎ ‎3. 谈谈你的感想。‎ 思考：开放式作文的内容由自己构思，所以一定要简单，as easy as possible，这样有助于发挥！‎ 如：‎ 这是我当中学新老师的第一天。‎ 早上，两个学生迟到了。‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ 我决定罚他们背100个单词儿；背不过打扫卫生；‎ 背过了；我很开心，学生也很开心。‎ 感想：...‎ ‎【范文】‎ Dear Zhanghua,‎ How are you doing?‎ You know what, I've just experienced my first day (as a new teacher)(in a middle school) . I've had a lot of fun. Now I will tell you about some details.‎ Early in morning, when I was about to give class to the students, two boys rushed in (with sweat) (on their heads). It was clear that they were late for class. As a result, I decided to punish them. I ordered them to learn by heart as many as 100 new words, and the one who couldn't do it were supposed to clean the classroom after school.‎ ‎ Finally, it turned out that both of them managed to recite all the words. They seemed to be very joyful, so did I , for I have found a practical way to handle matters like that.‎ ‎【第八篇】活动安排（09年广东卷）‎ ‎【题目】‎ 假定你住在一个涉外小区。社区委员会请你帮忙用英文以短文的形式写一封电子邮件，将周末农家采摘活动的安排传达给住户。‎ 要点：‎ ‎1.时间：下周六上午8：00至11：00‎ ‎2.内容：采摘苹果 ‎3.报名：办公室，下周四下午5：00前 ‎4.提示：带帽子、手套 参考词汇：社区 community ‎【范文】‎ Ladys and gentlemen,‎ How are you？‎ I am writing you this E-mail to inform you that our community is planing to do some apple-picking on a farm nearby next week. Now I will tell you some details.‎ We will go to the farm together at 7:00 a.m. next Saturday. Then, from 8:00 to 11:00, we will be enjoying ourselves on the farm. You can pick apples as many as possible. By the way, remember to bring with you hats and gloves so that you will not be hurt by the sun. ‎ ‎ Those who are willing to join us are supposed to come to the community office to sign your names before 5:00p.m. next Thursday. ‎ ‎ I hope you can join us. I'm sure we will have a lot of fun.‎ ‎：应用文；‎ ‎【书信题写作口诀】‎ 开门见山说意图 咨询建议一二三 不同内容可分段 感谢客气不可少 期盼回信成老套 ‎【书信的框架】‎ 称呼：Dear Tom,... / Dear Sir or Madam,... / To whom it may concern,...‎ 开头段：四大组成部分——问候、自我介绍、写信背景、写信目的；‎ 主体段：根据题目要求，按照T-E结构来写 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ 结尾段：感谢关注、个人希望、期盼回信...‎ ‎【经典模板】‎ ‎（一）开头段：‎ ‎1、问候;‎ 简单问候：Hello！/ Hi！ ‎ 问候生人：How are you? / How are you doing 问候熟人：How are things going with you? / How's life treating you?‎ ‎2、自我介绍（假如对方不认识你）‎ ‎(1)I am...‎ ‎(2)My name is.... I am...‎ ‎3、解释写信的背景 I heard that...‎ I learned that...‎ I am informed that...‎ ‎3、解释写信的原因 ‎（1）致谢：‎ I am writing to you to express my heartfelt gratitude.‎ I am writing to tell you how grateful I am for....‎ I would like to thank you most sincerely for... .‎ ‎（2）抱怨：‎ I am writing to complain about the poor service at your dining-room.‎ I am writing to express my dissatisfaction with/at...‎ I wish to make a complaint about....‎ I am writing to draw your attention to....‎ I am afraid I have got a complaint about....‎ ‎（3） 致歉：‎ I am writing to express my apologies for not being able to....‎ I am terribly sorry that... .‎ I am writing to you because I am unable to....‎ I would be grateful if you would be so kind as to provide me with certain essential information regarding the following aspects.‎ ‎（4）询问：‎ I would like to obtain /request /seek /inquire about some information about...‎ I am writing to ask if you can do me a favor.‎ I would like some detailed information on/about...‎ ‎（二） 结 尾 段：‎ ‎1、发出请求 ‎ ‎（1）Please give this matter your immediate attention.‎ ‎（2）I would very much appreciate it if...as soon as possible.‎ ‎（3）Please render me some valuable advice which is conducive to my final decision.‎ ‎2、提供帮助 ‎（1）I hope these...will be helpful, and please feel free to contact me for more information.‎ ‎（2）...will be taking over responsibility for you and if you should need any assistance, she/he will be pleased to help you.‎ ‎3、再次表示歉意或感激 ‎（1）Thank you (again) for your kind assistance.‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎（2）Please accept my heartfelt thanks and deepest gratitude, now and always.‎ ‎（3）I am sorry that I cannot...this time, and trust that you will understand.‎ ‎（4）Let me apologize for any inconvenience I may have caused.‎ ‎（5）I shall feel obliged by a reply at your earliest convenience.‎ ‎（6）Once again, I am sorry for any inconvenience caused.‎ ‎ 4、期盼回信 ‎（1）I look forward to your prompt response.‎ ‎（2）Looking forward to a prompt reply.‎ ‎（3）I expect to hear from you very soon.‎ ‎（4）I hope to receive your reply shortly.‎ ‎（5）I am already eagerly awaiting your reply to this first letter.‎ 下篇：话题预测 第八章：常见话题精选【Beta】‎ 作文无话可说怎么办？想说的话不会表达，怎么办？‎ 只要掌握了下面每种话题常说的单词和句子，便可以“兵来将挡，水来土掩”！‎ 温馨提示：请特别注意本部分中的【例句】！因为这里的每一个【例句】都是严格按照高分作文的要求创作，包含了大量的“替换词”和“加分语言工具”，非常值得背诵！‎ 话题一：中学生的爱好与兴趣 ‎【常用单词】‎ spare time (业余时间), favorite (最喜欢的), interest(兴趣), hobby(爱好), appetite(嗜好),taste(口味), read novels(也小说), play football/basketball(打足球/篮球), surf the internet(上网), chat online(在线聊天), play games(玩游戏), collect stamps(集邮), make e-friends(交网友), climb mountains(爬山), watch TV (看电视), enjoy popular music(喜欢流行音乐),be interested in(对…感兴趣), develop an interest in(在…方面发展兴趣), be fond of(喜欢…),be keen on(喜欢…), have love for(喜爱…), have a taste in(对…有兴趣) 等。‎ ‎【点睛好句】‎ By traveling, we will have chance to get close to nature and pick up what we can't learn in class.‎ 通过旅行，我们将有机会亲近大自然，并且学到我们在课堂上学不到的东西。‎ 用法解释：用于描述旅行的好处。‎ 句型拓展：By doing sth, we will have chance to do sth1 and do sth2.‎ 即时操练：‎ 请翻译：通过使用网络，我们将有机会交到一些网友，并且学到我们在课堂上学不到的东西。‎ 答案：By using the Internet, we will have chance to make some e-friends and pick up what we can't learn in class. ‎ 话题二：劳动与劳动观念   ‎ work(工作), be at work(在工作), work hard(努力工作), produce(生产), worker(工人), labor force(劳动力), labor(劳动), voluntary labor(义务劳动)，serve the people(为人民服务)，heart and soul(全心全意)，physical labor(体力劳动), mental labor(脑力劳动), labor viewpoint(劳动观念), labor day(劳动节), workday(工作日), means of labor(劳动方式),  honorable(光荣的), be devoted to(奉献于..), value(价值), earn money(赚钱) , personal interests(个人利益)等。 ‎ 话题三：创建和谐社会  ‎ harmonious(和谐的), friendly(友好的), civilized(文明的), honest(真诚的), credible (诚信的), be public-spirited(有公德心的), balanced(平衡的), be in order(有序的), peaceful(和平的), live in harmony(生活和谐), sustainable development(可持续发展)等，help each ether(互助), care for each 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ other(互相关心), have deep love for (热爱), be concerned with (关心), build(创建), cherish(珍惜), take an active part in(积极参与), pay attention to social moral(讲究社会公德), protect the environment(保护环境), save energy(节省能源)等。no pains, no gains. 不劳无获。‎ ‎…can be achieved by hard wok.    …可以通过劳动获得。it is difficult to find work in the present situation.    在当前形势下，很难找到工作。it is honorable to …    …是光荣的。if everyone … for others and the society, our world will be …如果每个人为他人和社会做…， 我们这个世界将会…。every one should … and devotes himself to building our motherland into a strong country.每个人应该 …，为把我们祖国建设成为一个强壮的国家而奉献自己的力量。‎ 话题四：招聘与求职 ‎ employ(雇佣), look for(寻找), take in(吸纳), full-time(全职的), part-time(兼职的), well-paid(薪水高的), be paid by the hour(按小时发工资), requirement(要求), résumé(个人履历),schooling(受教育情况), subjects(课程), working experience(工作经历), qualification(合格证明), transcript (成绩单), health(健康状况), present address(现在通讯地址)等，apply for(申请…), graduate from(毕业于), major in(以…为专业), degree(学位), scholarship(奖学金), good grades(良好的成绩), hobby(爱好), favorite(最喜欢的), be skilled in(在…方面熟练), be good at(擅长…), experienced(有经验的), confident(自信的), English and computer ability(英语和计算机能力), healthy(健康的)等。enrich one’s experience …丰富某人的经验 give students/ citizens motivation to…给学生/公民动力去……have an obligation to do …有责任去… put something in the first place = give priority to… 把…当成首要任务　 　is less time-consuming and more economical 省钱又省时间 broaden one’s horizons 开阔人的眼界　　contribute to … 为…作贡献　　fulfill one's potential 发挥......的潜力 话题五：中学生的健康问题  ‎ physical and mental condition(身体与精神状态), strong(强壮的), un/healthy(不健康/健康的), overweight/fat(肥胖的), thin(瘦的), near/short-sighted(近视的), mentally unhealthy(精神不健全的), normal(正常的), abnormal(不正常的), energetic(精力旺盛的), unhealthy eating habit(不健康的饮食习惯), eat much junk food (吃太多的垃圾食品)等，stay/keep healthy/fit(保持健康), build up one’s body/ improve one’s’ health(强身健体), enough sleep(充足的睡眠), take regular exercise(进行有规律的运动), roper diet(合理的饮食), good living habits(良好的生活习惯), lose weight(减肥), remove heavy burdens(减轻负担), be good for/do good to(对…有益处), nutrition(营养), go on diet(节食), form a … eating habit(养成一个…的饮食习惯) breathe in as much fresh air等。‎ 话题六：环境保护  ‎ pollute（污染），waste is scattering here and there.（到处撒满了废弃物），protect the environment(保护环境) ，send out smoke and poisonous gases into the air（散发出烟和有毒气体），cut down trees(砍伐树木)， pour waste water into the rivers（把废水注入河流），it is a shame to throw rubbish around. （乱扔垃圾是可耻的），form good habits to protect the surroundings（养成良好的习惯来保护环境）， take active measures to protect rare animals(采取积极措施保护稀有动物)， take good care of our forests（关心我们的森林），plant more trees to improve the environment （多植来改善环境），the terrible pollution have done great harm to us as well as to the surroundings. (可怕的污染已经给我们自己还有我们的环境带来了很大的危害。)‎ 话题七：校园文明与安全问题 ‎ school rules and regulations(学校规章制度),obey(遵守), observe(遵守), keep/observe discipline(遵守纪律), behave well(表现良好),be neatly dressed(穿戴整洁), respect one’s  teachers and parents(尊敬师长), be on time(准时), keep the environment clean(保持环境干净), civilized(文明的) break the rules(违反规章制度), discipline(纪律), spit(吐痰), throw rubbish everywhere(乱扔垃圾), cheat in the exam(考试作弊), get in line (插队), fight with sb.(与…打架), punish sb. for (因…处罚某人)等。the students are told not to break any of the rules of the school. ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ 学校要求学生不要违反任何规章制度。the students are expected to …    学校期望学生…。it must be made clear that the students should …    必须明确的一点是，学生应该…。   … is of no good to a friendly and harmonious society.   …对创建友好和谐的社会是毫无益处的。it is honorable to obey the principles and rules of our school.遵守学校的规章制度是光荣的。it is worthy of praise to ...    …是值得表扬的。it is shameful to …    …是可耻的。what we should do is that …    我们应该做的事情是…‎ 话题八：友谊 ‎ get to know sb.(认识某人), know sb. really well(熟知某人), make friends with sb.(和某人交朋友), a strong personality (一个很强的个性), personal matters(隐私), friendship(友谊), friendly(友好的),  a close friend(一个亲密的朋友), trust each other (相互信任), precious(珍贵的), worthy(有价值的), understanding(通情达理的), share …with sb.(与…分享…), be loyal to(对…忠诚), keep in touch with sb. (与…保持联系), keep company with sb.(和…结交), stay best friends with sb. (和…保持很好的友谊)等。‎ 在描述此话题时常用的句型有： ‎ ‎１. friends give us …    朋友给予我们…。‎ ‎２. a good friend is someone you can …    一位好朋友就是一个我们能够…的人。‎ ‎３. the first time i met …, he was …    当我第一次遇到…的时候，他…。‎ ‎４. friendship plays an important part in …    友谊在…中扮演一个重要角色。‎ ‎５. you can … to be a good friend.    你可以…来成为别人的好朋友。‎ ‎６.  we can turn to ... when we feel down. 当我们心情糟糕时，可以求助于…。‎ ‎７. … makes a good friend.    …成就好朋友。‎ ‎８. a friend in need is a friend indeed.    患难见真知。‎ ‎９. ... is one of the things people value most in a friend.  … 是人们在朋友身上最重视的东西。‎ ‎１０.  … have a friend of … years with sb.  … 与… 有着…年的友情。‎ 第十一讲、书面表达遣词造句法 中文à完整的中文à简单的中文à简单的英文à升级 ‎1、遣词造句：正确à高级 书面表达遣词造句40法 一、造句基本方法 ‎ 首先，我祝愿大家更快乐，更健康。‎ Above of all, I congretaulate all the students to happier, body is healtier.‎ ‎ “胡说”=想到哪儿写到哪儿=逐字翻译 ‎ 【造句五步法】‎ ‎ 中文à 完整的中文à 简单的中文à英文à升级 ‎ 【例1】‎ ‎ 今天，来了很多人。‎ ‎ à 今天，很多人来了。‎ à Today, so many people have come.‎ ‎ 【例2】‎ ‎ 你妈对你好。 心法：“这句话到底是什么意思呢？”‎ à 妈妈对你好。Your mom cares about you.‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ à 你妈妈爱你。Your mom loves you. ‎ à There is no doubt that your mom loves you.‎ ‎【写作文真正的难点】‎ 1、 想到简单的内容；‎ 2、 造出完整的句子；‎ 3、 ‎“合情合理”的逻辑。‎ ‎【例3】你得知Global Mirror周报创刊年周年，征集读者意见。请根据以下提示写作文：‎ 1、 说明你是该报忠实读者。‎ 2、 赞扬该报优点：‎ a)兼顾国内外新闻；‎ b)介绍名人成功故事。‎ ‎3、提出建议：刊登英语学习文章 ‎ 【造句】‎ (1) 忠实读者 ‎=我是贵报的忠实读者。‎ ‎=我非常喜欢你们的报纸。‎ ‎=I like your newspaper very much.‎ ‎=I am crazy about your newspaper.‎ ‎=I am undoubtedly crazy about your newspaper.‎ ‎=I am undoubtedly crazy about your newspaper, which is not only meaningful but also entertaining.‎ (2) 兼顾国内外新闻 ‎=你们报纸兼顾国内外新闻。‎ ‎=（你们报纸上）有国内外新闻。‎ ‎=There is various news about both China and other countries in your newspaepr.‎ ‎=VariousDifferent news about both China and other countries can be read in your newspaepr.‎ (3) 介绍名人成功故事 ‎=名人成功故事被介绍在你们报纸上。‎ ‎=关于名人成功经历的故事被介绍在你们报纸上。‎ ‎=Stories about famous people’s success experience are introduced in your newspaper.‎ ‎ 【例4】老头晒太阳。‎ ‎=老头在享受太阳光。‎ ‎=The old man is enjoying the sunshine.‎ 二、造句升级方法 “Show off” =炫耀 ‎ a)遣词：换词法；填词法 ‎ b)造句：前面添一添；后面补一补；中间变一变；‎ ‎ 【换词法】‎ 一、 晚学词优先原则 goodà useful/beneficial/meaningful/educational excellent/outstanding/splendid/helpful ‎ shouldà ‎ had better do sth ‎ be supposed to do sth If I were you, I would do sth.‎ It is beneficial for youn to do sth.‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ Why not do sth?‎ likeà be crazy about be fond of wantà sb is longing for doing sth.‎ sb desire to do sth more and more studentsà an increasing number of students more and more beautifulà increrasingly beautiful 一、 短语优先原则 weà we high school students we teenagers we Chinese young generation we English learners differfentà of great difference usefulà of great use beautifulà of great beauty harmfulà of great harm importantà of great importance English is important.‎ English is of great importance.‎ English is an important language.‎ English is a language of great importance.‎ joinàtake part in 二、 具体词优先原则 I go to school.‎ I ride to schoo..‎ With the sun rising from the east, I, together with Jay Chou, ride to school, singing and laughing all the way.‎ ‎【添词法】‎ 一、 在名词前面添上一个或多个形容词。‎ You should understand your mom.‎ You should understand your kind, patient and considerate mom.‎ 二、 在名词后面加上同位语或定语从句。‎ 同位语：A=B，A、B都是名词。‎ You, a 17-year-old teenager who cannot live all by yourself, should understand your mom.‎ They foreigners speak higly of us Chinese. ‎ 三、在“助系情之后，实义动词之前”加“副词”‎ I really/undoubtedly love you.‎ I can certainly do it.‎ This is obviously an excellent idea.‎ 三、 名形动副可并列。‎ 四、 You should understand your mom.‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ You should understand, love, respect and appreciate your mom.‎ ‎【前面添一添】 “黄金圣衣句型”‎ 清 It is clear that… 很明显…‎ 明 It is obvious that… 很明显…‎ 疑 There is no doubt that… 毫无疑问…‎ 否 No one can deny… 不容否认…‎ 不用 Needless to say,… 不用说…‎ 走 It goes without saying that… 不用说…‎ ‎【后面补一补】“万能尾巴句型”‎ ‎“因为/以防/所以/为了/如果/只要/这件事”‎ ‎【1】We are supposed to master English. ‎ ‎ We are supposed to master English in that English is essential(必要的) in the modern society.‎ ‎ We are supposed to master English in casa we would fail in the College Entrance Examination.‎ We are supposed to master English; consequently, we need to read English loudly everyday.‎ We are supposed to master English in order that we can find a well-paid job in the future.‎ ‎ We are supposed to master English if/as long as we want to find a well-paid job in the future.‎ ‎ We are supposed to master English, which is significant to our future life.‎ ‎ (1), in that…+完整句子 因为 ‎(2), for… 因为 ‎(3), considering that…因为 ‎(4), for the (obvious) reason that… 因为 ‎(5), in case… 以防 ‎(6), for fear that… 以防 ‎(7); as a result, …所以 ‎(8); therefore, …所以 ‎(9); consequently,…所以 ‎(10), so that… 为了 ‎(11), in order that…为了 ‎(12) to do sth. 为了 ‎(13) in order to do sth. 为了 ‎(14) so as to do sth. 为了 ‎（15）…If…/If …, …. 如果…‎ ‎(16)As long as…, …/…as long as…只要 ‎(17)…， which… (非限制性定语从句，翻译为“这件事儿”)‎ It is obviously that English is undoubtedly significant, in that it is spoken by people all over the world.‎ ‎（18）一旦句子中用到了“独立使用”的adj或adv，就在这个adj或adv前面加so，再在句尾加that, 再在that后面加一个句子来解释原句的结果。‎ He runs so fast that none of us can catch up with him.‎ Yao Ming is so tall that he can touch the ceiling.‎ ‎（19）一旦句子中用到了“a + adj + n”的结构，就在这个结构前面加such，再在句尾加that, 再在that后面加一个句子来解释原句的结果。‎ A apple is such a delicious fruit that we all like it.‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ English is such an important language that we have no choice but master it.‎ This is such a beautiful flower that I like it very much.‎ The flower is so beautiful that I like it very much.‎ ‎3+4+6+18=31种方法 ‎【中间变一变】“变主语、变句式”‎ 变主语 1、 用物作主语 I like English.‎ English is my favorite subject.‎ English attracts me.‎ English appeals to me.‎ I have been uiseing the cell-phone for three years.‎ The cell-phone has been used for three years.‎ The cell-phone has been keeping me company for three years.‎ It has been three years since I BOUGHT THE cell-phone.‎ 2、 用动名词doing做主语(用“事儿”做主语)‎ I love you.‎ Loving you is the meaning of my life.‎ 3、 用it做主语 a) It is + adj + for sb+ to do sth. 评价句型 It is essential for me to love you.‎ b) It has been +时间长度+ since sb started to do sth.‎ It has been thre years since I fell in love with you.‎ 变句式 1、 地点方位词à完全倒装；(谓语+主语)‎ Between the two buildings stands a young tree.‎ 2、 否定词à部分倒装、‎ You shouldn’t hate your mother.‎ By no means/At no time/ On no account should you hate your mother.‎ 3、 adj或advà部分倒装、‎ So fast dose run that none of us could catech up with him.‎ He runs fast.‎ Step1: 将需要强调的adj/adv提到句首 fast he runs Step2：将助动词提到主语之前 Fast does he runs Step3: 在前面加so，后面加that,再在that后面写一个句子，解释主句的结果。‎ 4、 ‎“只有…才” à部分倒装；‎ Only then can we do sth.‎ Only in this way can you..‎ Only when sb1 do sth1 can sb2 do sth2.‎ Only if sb2 do sth1 can sb2 do sth2.‎ Only by doing sth1 can sb do sth2.‎ Only in this way can our 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ school/family/country/societylanet be flooded with endless harmony and happiness.‎ ‎(呼吁句型)‎ 1、 强调句型 It is +被强调部分 +that +句子剩余部分。‎ ‎ 使用方法：只需要进行两遍“剪切加粘贴”。‎ Tom loves Jerry.‎ I love you.‎ I read English loudly in the open air every morning.‎ So loudly do I read English in the open air every morning that my English has been improved a lot.‎ 2、 非谓语动词 下午英语角，交流英语学习经验。‎ ‎=下午，我们将参加英语角，交流英语学习经验。‎ ‎=In the afternoon, we will take part in the English corner, communicating on the Engish learning experience./, exchanging ideas on Engish learning experience.‎ 歌词翻译 欢笑声 欢呼声 The cheering here ‎ And their laughter 炒热气氛 心却很冷 Warm up the world and chill down my heart 聚光灯 是种蒙恩 The spotlight things seem a blessing 我却不能喊等一等 While I can’t beg for a pausing.‎ 我真佩服我还能幽默 Should I be proud of my humor?‎ 掉眼泪时 用笑掩过 Shedding my tear, sharing my “cheer”,‎ 怕人看破 顾虑好多 Hidding my fear, full of worries,‎ 不谈寂寞 我们就都能快活、‎ Ignoring my inner, I pretend to be happier.‎ 我不唱声嘶力竭的情歌 I hate it when I am asked to sing louder，‎ 不表示没有心碎的时刻 Which doesn’t mean I don’t feelthe hurt.‎ 用物做主语 ‎【心法】“物怎么样人？”‎ I like English.-->English attracts me a lot.‎ I have been using the cell phone for three years.-->‎ The cell phone has been used for three years.‎ The cell phone has been keeping me company for three years.‎ It has been three years since I bought the cell phone.‎ 我们要在学生俱乐部为小明举办一个生日聚会。‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ 一个英文演讲比赛要被举办（在我们学校）。‎ 用doing（事儿）做主语。‎ I love you. à 用it作主语 It is + adj+ for sb + to do sth.（评价句型）‎ It has been +时间长度+ since sb started to do sth. （过了多久）‎ I love you.‎ I study English.‎ ‎【练习1】‎ 你的英国笔友Peter想学中文，你给他意见。‎ 选报中文进修课程。‎ 广泛涉猎中文书刊、电视。‎ 时常吟唱中文音乐艺术作品。‎ 广交华夏大地五湖四海的挚友 Here are several suggestions for you. To begin with, attending a language course will provide you with the most widely used words and expressions. Besides, some local books and magazines as well as CCTV programs can cultivate your interests and broaden your horizons and help you know more about our culture. What’s more, it is also beneficial for you to learn some songs, like Above the Moon, which can gradually improve your pronunciation and your listening skills. Finally, make some friends from China so that you can naturally practice this elegant language with them, in that it is practice that makes perfect.‎ ‎【练习2】‎ 新同学李明一时无法融入班集体，请你给他三个建议，告诉他如何融入班集体。‎ Here are several suggestions for you. First and foremost, it is obvious that communicating with others frequently will gradually help you know more about them. Additionally, needless to say, it is also beneficial for you to take part in some afterschool activities, so that you can make some close friends with common interests. Last but not least, if I were you, I would be more outgoing and more confident.‎ 地点、方位词à完全倒装 ‎【步骤】‎ Step1:将地点词置于句首；‎ Step2:谓语动词置于主语之前 ‎【例句】‎ Here are several suggestions for you.‎ At the table sits a boy.‎ Here comes the bus.‎ Between the strange buildings stands a tree.‎ On the tree hangs ZhangYi.‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ On the ground lies ZhangYi.‎ In the pit fell ZhangYi.‎ 否定词à部分倒装 ‎【步骤】‎ Step1:将否定词置于句首；‎ Step2:将助动词/系动词/情态动词置于主语之前 ‎【例句】‎ I don’t love you. à ‎ By no means /On no account /At no time do I love you.‎ You shouldn’t hate your mom à ‎ By no means should you hate your mom.‎ adj/advà部分倒装 ‎【步骤】‎ Step1: 将想要强调的adj或adv置于句首 Step2: 将 助动词系动词情态动词 提到主语之前 Step3: 在句子最前面加so,句尾加that Step4: 在that后面写一个句子来描述原句的结果 ‎（“如此…以至于…”）‎ ‎【例句】‎ The flower is beautiful.‎ ‎ beautiful the flower is ‎ ‎ beautiful is the flower ‎ So beautiful is the flower that ‎ So beautiful is the flower that I like it very much.‎ ZhangYi runs fast.‎ ‎ fast ZhangYi runs ‎ fast does ZhangYi run ‎ So fast does ZhangYi run that ‎ So fast does ZhangYi run that his two ears stand up.‎ ‎ So fast does ZhangYi run that none of us can catch up with him.‎ The party will be entertaining.‎ So entertaining will the party be that you will completely enjoy it.‎ You mom loves you so much.‎ So much does your mom love you that she is always ready to help you.‎ ‎ “只有…才”à部分倒装 ‎【结构】Only + 状语（adv;介短;从句）+ 助动词 + 主语 + 谓语 Only (then) shall we do sth.‎ Only (in this way) can you do sth.‎ Only (when sb1 do sth1) can sb2 do sth2.‎ Only (if sb1 do sth1) can sb2 do sth2.‎ Only (by doing sth1) can sb do sth2. 只有通过做某事，我们才能如何。‎ ‎【例句】【万能结尾句】‎ Only in this way can our school/ campus/ class/ life/ future/ society/ country/ family be flooded 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ with endless harmony and happiness.‎ 任何句子”原则上”都能变成强调句 ‎【结构】It is + 被强调部分 + that/who +句子剩余部分.‎ ‎【用法】只需要进行两遍“剪切+粘贴”‎ I read English loudly in the open air every morning.‎ So loudly do I read English in the open air every morning that my English has been greatly improved.‎ 换词大法 ‎“第一反应词要换掉！”‎ bad à heart-breaking 令人心碎的 improper 不合适的 harmful 有害的 negative 消极的、负面的 terrible 糟糕的 good à positive 积极的、正面的 proper 合适的 attractive 有吸引力的 ‎ excellent 优秀的 outstanding 出色的 terrific 极好的 fantastic 极好的 marvelous 极好的 helpful à of great help beneficial 有益的 meaningful 有意义的 educational有教育意义的 instructive 有教育意义的 thought-provoking发人深省的 enough à ‎ adequate 足够的 learn、study à ‎ pick up（偶然学到、轻松学到）‎ master （掌握）‎ use à make good use of …利用…‎ make the most of … 尽最大限度利用…‎ take advantage of… 利用…‎ join à take part in participate 参加 attend 参加（课程、婚礼）‎ because ‎…., in that….‎ ‎…., for the reason that….‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ so ‎…; consequently,…‎ ‎…; therefore,…‎ ‎…; as a result,…‎ but however nevertheless like à enjoy be fond of 喜欢 be crazy about 酷爱 we/us à 同位语 we/us high school students we/us teenagers we/us modern individuals we/us English learners we/us Chinese young generation happy à joyful delighted want to do sth à would like to do sth prefer to do sth have a great desire to do sth desire to do sth look forward to doing sth have no (better) choice but to do sth should do sth à ought to do sth.‎ had better do sth be supposed to do sth.‎ Why not do sth?‎ How about doing sth?‎ If I were you, I would do sth.（虚拟语气）‎ It is high time that you did sth. （虚拟语气）‎ ‎（真的到了你做某事的时间了！）‎ It is beneficial for you to do sth.‎ I hope….à ‎ Hopefully, sb would do sth.‎ more and more studentsà an increasing number of students more and more beautifulà increasingly beautiful important à vital 要命的 significant 至关重要的 essential 必要的 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ difficult à challenging in my opinionà From my perspective,…‎ Personally,…‎ As far as I am concerned,….‎ I think that…. à I hold the view that….‎ I take the attitude that….‎ I harbor the idea that….‎ adjà of + n ‎ difficultà of great difficulty differentà of great difference beautiful à of great beauty helpfulà of great help beneficial à of great benefit harmful à of great harm important à of great importance significant à of great significance valuable à of great value ‎ 添词大法 名词前面加一个或多个形容词；‎ You should understand your mom.‎ You should understand your kind, patient and considerate mom.‎ ZhangYi is a teacher.‎ ZhangYi is a kind, patient and knowledgeable English teacher.‎ 名词后面加同位语 A=B， A、B都是名词 （同位语就是名词的等价物）‎ 我们要学好英语。‎ à我们中学生要学好英语这门世界上最广泛使用的外语。‎ àWe high school students are supposed to master English, the most widely used foreign language in the world.‎ 他们外国人对我们中国人评价很高。‎ àThey foreigners speak highly of us Chinese.‎ ‎【最好用的同位语】‎ Weà …‎ ‎“助系情之后、实义动词之前”加副词 I undoubtedly love you.‎ Tom is undoubtedly hard-working.‎ You should undoubtedly learn English well.‎ ‎【万能副词】undoubtedly; certainly; definitely; ‎ 作业：画括号读阅读文章时，把所有副词圈出来！‎ 名形动副可并列 You should understand, respect and appreciate your mom.‎ 正确à升级 如何正确？‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ 中文à完整的中文à简单的中文à简单的英文à升级 如何升级？‎ 遣词：换词 添词 造句：前面添一添 后面补一补 中间变一变 非谓语动词 第十二讲、提纲记叙文 提纲作文 ‎【2012山东卷】‎ ‎ 假设你是新华中学的学生李华，不久前在学校举办的英语竞赛中获得一等奖。校报请你写一篇稿件刊登在英文版面上，介绍你课外学习英语的经验。请根据以下提示用英语写一篇短文：‎ ‎ 1、参加英语角的益处 ‎ 2、坚持写英语日记的作用 ‎ 3、英文阅读网站（Enjoy Reading）对你的帮助 ‎ 注意：‎ ‎ 1、词数：120-150‎ ‎ 2、可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯 ‎【提纲作文的结构】‎ ‎1、“一个要点写成一个自然段” ‎ ‎2、“选取一个自然段作为主体段”(body)‎ ‎ (主体段=具体问题+具体分析)‎ ‎3、“最好每个句子都要带上过渡词”（合情合理）‎ ‎【题干作文的内容】‎ ‎ 1、题目给你的内容：全面！‎ ‎2、自己发挥的内容：简单！（写你会写的东西）‎ ‎ 【八个“万能利”，八个“万能弊”】‎ ‎【提纲作文的语言】‎ ‎ Hi everyone! I am LiHua, who have just won the first prize in the English contest. Now, I would like to share with you some of my personal experience on English study.‎ ‎ Firstly, the English corner is of great help for me. As for the reasons, for one thing, it is obvious that I can practice my spoken English every weekend; consequently, now, I can chat with foreigners freely. For another, I can make some friends there ,so that we can learn English together.‎ ‎ Secondly, it is beneficial for you to keep an English diary, in that your writing skills can be improved every day. Besides, I would like to introuduce to you an English reading website, Enjoy reading, which can naturally and gradually cultivate your interests and broaden your horizons.‎ ‎ Hopefully, these suggestions would be useful for all of you.‎ ‎【练习1】为什么要远离电脑游戏 ‎【八个“万能弊”】‎ ‎ 1、浪费时间精力 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ It is a great waste of time and energy.‎ ‎ 2、浪费金钱 ‎ It costs so much money that many families cannot afford it, which may even result in serious financial burden.‎ ‎ 3、影响学习 ‎ It never fails to have a bad/negative(负面的、消极的) effect on our study.‎ ‎ 4、影响身心健康 ‎ It is undoubtedly(毫无疑问地) bad for/harmful to our physical and mental health.‎ ‎ 5、影响人际关系 ‎ Our family/interpersonal relationship will be affected.‎ ‎ 6、让人上瘾 ‎ It will gradually(逐渐地)/eventually(最终) get you. Addicted to it.‎ ‎ 7、产生各种麻烦和问题 ‎ It will cause endless trouble and various problems.‎ ‎ 8、导致不可预料的后果 ‎ It will lead to some unexpected outcomes.‎ ‎【范文】‎ ‎ From my perspective, it is vital for us teenagers to stay away from computer games. As for the reasons, first and foremost, it is a great waste of time and energy; consequently, our study will be badly affected. Additionally, it costs so much money that many families canot even afford it. Last but not least, computer games will gradually ger you addicted to it, which never fails to cause endless troubles and various problems.‎ ‎【练习2】中学生该不该带手机上学 ‎ From my perspective, we high school students are not supposed to take the mobile phone to school. As for the reasons, first and foremost, it is a great waste of time and energy; consequently, our study will be badly affected. Additionally , it will undoubtedly do harm to our physical and mental health. Last but not least, it will gradually get you addicted to it, which never fails to caust endless troublea and various problems.‎ ‎【练习3】中学生利用暑假去打工的好处 ‎【八个“万能利”】‎ ‎ 1、挣钱 ‎ We can make some pocket money to buy some meaningful and enucational books.‎ ‎ 2、培养兴趣、开头视野 ‎ Only by doing so can we cultivate our interests and broaden our horizons.‎ ‎ 3、提高能力（交际、交流）‎ ‎ Not only our communication ability but also our interpersonal skills can be polished(打磨) and improved.‎ ‎ 4、交朋友 ‎ We can make some close(亲密的朋友) friends to share with each other our own life experience.‎ ‎ 5、利用好时间 ‎ We will be able to make the most of(最大限度利用好) our everyday time to do some valuable（有价值的） things.‎ ‎ 6、享受生活 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ It gives you an opportunity to enjoy your life from a different point of view.‎ ‎ 7、有意义、有趣 ‎ It is not only meaningful but also entertaining.‎ ‎ 8、面对挑战、克服苦难、达成目标、实现梦想 ‎ It can teach us how to face challenges, overcome difficulties, achieve our goals and realizes our dreams.‎ ‎【范文】‎ ‎ From my perspective, it is necessary for us teenagers to do some part-time jobs during the summer vacation. As for the reasons, for one thing, we will be able to make the most of every time to do some valuable things. So that not only our communication ability but also our interpersonal skills can be polished and thus improved. For another, it can teach us how to face challenges, overcome difficulties, achieve our goals and realizes our dreams.‎ ‎ ‎ 第十三讲、高考英语书面表达高分攻略之——书信的秘密 高考英语书面表达高分攻略之——‎ 书信的秘密 多年来，应用文一直是高考英语书面表达部分的命题热点。常考应用文包括：书信、发言稿、留言条、通知等。其中，书信以其独特的“优势”成为命题人的宠儿。下面我们结合历年真题，对书信类考题的命题形式、命题趋势、命题规律及高分手段进行全面的介绍，帮助各位一线教师和高考考生更好地了解并把握这一题型。‎ 命题形式 下面以两道真题为例，介绍这种题型的命题形式。‎ 试题回顾1：2011年高考英语全国1卷书面表达 假定你是李华，正在一所英国学校学习暑期课程，遇到一些困难，希望得到学校辅导中心 (Learning Center) 的帮助。根据学校规定，你需书面预约，请按下列要点写一封信： ‎ ‎1、本人简介； ‎ ‎2、求助内容： ‎ ‎3、约定时间； ‎ ‎4、你的联系方式 (Email: lihua@1236.com; Phone: 12345678)。 ‎ 注意： 1、词数100左右； ‎ ‎2、可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；‎ 试题回顾2：2010年高考英语全国2卷书面表达 假设你是李华，你的美国笔友Peter曾表示希望来加国教书。你校现在需招聘外教，请给他写封信，告知招聘信息。内容主要包括：‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎1. 教授课程：英语口语、英语写作、今日美国、今日英国等 ‎2. 授课对象：高中生（至少三年英语基础）‎ ‎3. 工作量：‎ ‎——每周12学时，任先三门课 ‎——担任学生英语俱乐部或英语校报顾问（advisor）‎ 注意：‎ a) 词数100左右；‎ b) 可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；‎ c) 开关语已为你写好，请将完整的回信书写在答题卡上。‎ Dear Peter,‎ I remember you told me you were interested in teaching in China. __________________ ‎ 从这两道题目中，我们可以直观看出，书信题目一般分为三个部分，分别是 “背景介绍”（蓝色部分）、“写作要点”（红色部分）和“注意事项”（棕色部分）。 “背景介绍”部分为我们仿真了一个生活中的交流场景，也就是这封信的“写作背景”，告诉我们“为什么需要写这封信”；“内容要点”部分给出这封信中一定要涵盖的三到四个内容点，即告诉“这封信中要写些什么”；“注意事项”部分给出字数、句子数等限制性要求，为我们的答题立下一定的规矩。有时题目中会给出开头句。‎ 题型特点及命题趋势 为什么命题专家喜欢选用这种题型呢？这是因为：‎ 贴近生活：书信比一般的提纲式议论文更加贴近日常生活中的实际交际，符合高考英语“贴近生活”、“注重实际运用能力”的要求。 ‎ 形式规范：和其它几种应用文相比，在形式上，书信有着更加明确的写作规范，容易得出统一的评分标准；‎ ‎ “题库”完善：高考英语虽无固定 “题库”，但过去多年的考试经验已积累了丰富的真题资源，命题专家参考历年各省考过的真题，容易命制高质量的题目。‎ 基于以上三点原因，笔者预计，在今年以及今后几年，书信仍然是高考英语书面表达的命题重点。‎ 高分套路及备考策略 上文中，我们提到“贴近生活”、“形式规范”和“‘题库’完善”是书信作文的三大特点，也是导致各省命题专家年年“偏爱”书信的原因。针对这三大特点，并充分考虑到命题专家的命题意图及阅卷老师的阅卷喜好，我们向大家介绍破解书信类题型的高分套路及备考策略。‎ 一、 书信的套路 1. 开头段：问候、自我介绍、写信背景、写信目的 2. 中间段：具体问题+具体分析 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ 1. 结尾段：补充说明+客套话 ‎ 开门见山说意图（写信目的）‎ ‎ 咨询建议123（具体问题+具体分析）‎ 不同内容可分段（分段）‎ 感谢客气不可少（客套话）‎ 期待回信成老套（客套话）‎ 二、书信的套话 ‎1、问候：How are you doing？‎ ‎2、自我介绍：I am LiHua, a 17-year-old boy currently studying in Xinhua high school. Born in a family of writers, I’m crazy about reading novels and writing poems.‎ ‎3、写信背景 I heard that…‎ I learned that…‎ I am informed that…‎ I leanred in your last letter…‎ I learned in your micro-blog/website…‎ Our head teacher told me that…‎ ‎4、写信目的 So,/AS a result, I am writing to do sth.‎ ‎【特殊功能型书信的写信目的】‎ 书信开头段的写法：‎ a) 申请信： As a result, I am writing to apply for the job/position/chance/opportunity.‎ b) 感谢信： I am writing to express my heartfelt gratitude to you.‎ c) 道歉信： I am writing to express my heartfelt apology to you.‎ d) 建议信： I am writing these lines to give you a hand. ‎ e) 求助信： I am writing to ask you to do me a favor./So I have no choice but to turn to you for help.‎ f) 咨询信: ask you sie relevant questionss.‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ a) 告知信: tell/inform you some relevant details.‎ b) 邀请信： I am writing to invite you to join the....(as our guest/ judge).‎ 注：有些目的的写信目的不单一，此事。首段末句可以不写写信目的。（适用于“综合性书信”和“一般性书信”）‎ 书信中间段的写法 c) 申请信：‎ There are two main reasons why I am fit for the job.‎ I am sure that I am the best choice for you. ‎ I have the confidence that I can handle the job well.‎ There is no doubt that I think I can do it.‎ As for the reasons,for one thing,… for another,…‎ ‎【个人优势·参考例句】‎ 兼职英语记者；冬奥会志愿者；义务支教；动物代言人；参加国际夏令营…‎ 1、 英语好；2、知识面广；3、善于交往，乐于助人 1、 身体好；5、团队精神…‎ I once served as a voluinteer in the 21th century/ New Oriental School/Haier/Lenovo/CCTV/ the 2008 Beijing Olympic Games; as a result, I am equipped with adequate relevant experience and social skills.‎ ‎1、I enjoy drinking coffee with my foreign friends in Starbucks, exchanging ideas on cultural difference and current affairs.‎ ‎2、Living in Seattle and Detroit for half a year as an exchange student, I do well in English speaking and writing.‎ ‎3、 Last year, I just won the second prize in the CCTV national English speaking contest.‎ ‎4、Working as a vice monitor, I get along well with all my classmates, enjoy a harmonious interpersonal relationship and am always ready to help others.‎ ‎5、 People often say that I am a carefula and responsible person, being able to take good care of myself as well as others.‎ ‎6. I am the team leader of our school basketball/volleyball team, which has equipped me with a strong body and the ability of leadership.‎ d) 建议信： Here are several suggestions for you.‎ (1) You should do sth.‎ (2) You ought to do sth.‎ (3) You are supposed to do sth.‎ (4) Why not do sth?‎ (5) If I were you, I would do sth.‎ (6) It is high time that you did sth.‎ e) 感谢信：‎ Whenever I recall those days/look at our photos/read my diary, I just can’t help thinking you. It was so kind of you to do sth1. Besides, you did sth2, which really moved me. What’s more, I shall always keep in mind that you didi sth3, inn that…Nothing would be able to erase our wonderful memories and I will cherish them forever.　‎ f) 道歉信： ‎ How I wish I would do sth1!/How I wish I had done sth1! However, I heard/ I am informed I am chosen/required/ordered to do sth2, which really means a lot to me, in that(写一句话解释为什么第二件事对你这么重要。)As a result, I have no choice but do sth3/break my promise. I believe 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ that if you were me, you would make the same choice.‎ a) 邀请信：‎ Here are several relevant details about thids activity.1 2 3 4…‎ ‎1、The theme of the activity is XXX, which is undoubtedly both meaningful and entertaining.‎ ‎2、The activity will be in room 420 from 1:30 to 4:00 on the afternoon of February 3rd.‎ ‎3、 At first, we will do sth. Then we will do sth2. After that, sth3 will be done. Finally, you will see sth4 being done.‎ ‎4、Not only will we do sth1, but we will also do sth2 and sth3.‎ ‎4、You are supposed to do sth.‎ ‎5、If you need any further information, please send an email to 1234567@163.com or call me at 18811345036.‎ b) 告知信: 用各种过渡词将要点“有序罗列”出来。‎ c) 咨询信: 用各种过渡词将要点“有序罗列”出来。‎ 1、 Would you do sth?‎ 2、 Would you be so kind as to tell me sth?‎ 3、 When will we do sth?‎ 4、 I also need some information about sth.‎ 5、 If it is convenient for you, can you tell me sth?‎ 6、 I tried to search the Internet, but found no clear answer.‎ 7、 How is everything going with sb/sth?‎ 询问近况专用句型 书信结尾段的写法 1、 表示感谢：Thanks for reading my letter.‎ 2、 期待回信：I am sincerely looking forward to your early reply.‎ 3、 表达希望：Hopefully, you would do sth.‎ 4、 申请信：Hopefully, the chance would be offered to me. If so, I would devote all my effort and wisdom to your company/this activity.‎ 5、 建议信：Hopefully, these suggestions would be helpful for you.If there is anything elase I can do for you, please let me know.‎ 6、 邀请信：Please drop me a line(写小信) or send me a text message(发短信)tolet me know your decision soon.‎ 7、 道歉信：Hopefully, you would accept my apology and understand my situation.‎ ‎2011辽宁卷 假定你是李华，将于今年7月从新星外语学校毕业，你从报纸上得知B&B公司要招聘一名英文秘书，你很感兴趣。请给该公司写一封求职信，包括以下要点：‎ 1、 年龄；‎ 2、 学习情况及英语水平；‎ 3、 兴趣和特长 4、 性格特点。‎ 注意：1.词数100左右；‎ 1. 可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；‎ 2. 开头语和结束语已为你写好。‎ Dear Sir or Madam,‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ How are you doing? I am Li Hua, a 17-year-old boy curently studying in Xinxing Foreign Languange School, who is going to graduate thid July. Recently I read in the newspaper that an English secretary is needed in your company, which attracts me a lot.As a result, I am writing to apply for the position.‎ ‎ There are several main reasons why I am fit for the job. First and foremost, I am a top student in my class and I do well in English speaking and writing. Last year, I just won the second prize in the CCTV English speech contest.Additionally, I am crazy about reading; consequently, people often say I am a knowledgeable person. Besides, I am good at computer programming. Last but not least, as the vice monitor, I get along well with all my classmates, enjoy a hormonious interpersonal relationship and am always ready to help others.‎ Hopefully, the chance would be offered to me. If so, I would devote all my effort and wisdom to your company.‎ Thanks for reading my letter in such a hot summer.I am looking forward to your earliest reply.‎ Best wishes!‎ Yours truly,‎ LiHua ‎2012全国II 假定你是李华。你班同学决定为小明举办生日聚会。请你写信邀请外教Susan参加，要点包括： 　　⒈ 时间：周五晚8点至9点 　　⒉ 地点：学生俱乐部 　　⒊ 内容：生日歌、蛋糕、游戏等 　　⒋ 要求：备小礼物 　　注意：⒈ 词数100左右，开头语已为你写好；‎ ‎⒉可以适当增加细节，以便行文连贯；‎ ‎⒊ 答案必须写在答题卡相应的位置上。 Dear Susan,‎ How are you doing? I am LiHua,a student currently studying in your class. This Friday, a birthday party will be held for our classmate, XiaoMing. As the vice monitor, I, on behalf of all my classmates, would like to invite you to be our guest. Nolw, I would like to tell you some details about the activity.‎ To begin with, it will be in the student club from 8:00pm to 9:00pm.During the party, not only will we sing a birthday song, but we will alsoshare a birthday cake and play some games, which will be both meaningful and entertaining. By the way, every one of us is supposed to give him a goft; consequently, you need to prepare one, too.‎ Hopefully, you would maake it to our party. Please drop me a line or send me a text message to tell me your decision soon.‎ Thanks for reading me letter in such a hot summer. I am sincerely looking forward to your reply and your presence.‎ Best wishes!‎ Yours truly,‎ LiHua 图1 高考英语书面表达书信类题型高分套路 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ 图1给出了书信作文的段落划分及各段应完成主要写作任务，下面对三种段落的写法分别进行介绍。‎ 开头段 开头段应写出四种内容，即：问候、自我介绍、写信背景、写信目的。‎ ‎1、“问候”部分体现考生的礼貌，是交际能力和个人修养的体现，如果不对收信人进行简单的问候而开门见山地“就事论事”，会显得突兀和不自然。问候部分很简单，往往一句“How are you doing？”就能“搞定”所有书信的“问候”部分。‎ ‎2、如果对方不认识你，就有必要写一句“自我介绍”。自我介绍一般包括姓名、性别、年龄、学历等，甚至有时题目还要求你写写兴趣爱好、家庭环境等信息。最佳的写法就是综合运用多种语法工具，在一两句话中包含全部的必要信息，体现考生“强大的语言运用能力”。如“I am LiHua, a 17-year-old boy currently studying in Xinhua high school. Born in a family of writers, I’m crazy about reading novels and writing poems.”这样的句子是值得大家背诵、模仿的。‎ ‎3、“写信背景”部分要用一句话写出“你为什么要写这封信”。此时可参考题目中的“背景介绍”部分，进行简单的翻译或转述。如2011年全国1卷题目中，“正在一所英国学校学习暑期课程”、“遇到一些困难”两个内容点就属于“写信背景”； 2010年全国2卷题目中，“你的美国笔友Peter曾表示希望来加国教书”、“你校现在需招聘外教”这两个内容点亦属于“写信背景”。‎ ‎4、“写信目的”部分要用一句话明确指出“你之所以写这封信是为了达成什么目的”。“写信目的”在题目中的“背景介绍”部分往往也都有提示。如2011年全国1卷题目中“希望得到学校辅导中心 (Learning Center) 的帮助”就是写信目的（Now, I am writing to ask you for some help）；2010年全国2卷中“告知招聘信息”亦为写信目的（Now, I am writing to tell you about the details）。‎ 需要指出的是，如果题目中要求的“写信目的”不唯一，那么开头段中的“写信目的”部分也可以省略。如2009年山东卷：‎ 假设你是李华，曾在美国学习半年，现已回国。你想联系你的美国老师Mr. Smith，但没有其联系方式。请根据以下要点给你的美国同学Tom 写一封信： ‎ ‎1、感谢Tom对你英语学习的帮助； ‎ ‎2、询问Mr. Smith 的近况并索要其联系方式； ‎ ‎3、邀请Tom在春节期间来中国感受中国文化。 ‎ 注意：1、词数120-150； ‎ ‎2、可适当增加细节。 ‎ 在这道题目中，虽然“背景介绍”部分提到这封信的主要目的是询问Mr. Smith的联系方式，但是后面的“内容要点”部分给出的三个内容要点并非完全围绕这一目的展开，而是分别完成了“感谢”、“询问”和“邀请”三种交际功能。因此，首段中不宜唐突指出写信目的仅为“询问联系方式”。‎ 根据“写信目的”的不同，书信可分为感谢信、邀请信、建议信、道歉信、自荐信、求助信、咨询信、祝贺信、告知信等，其写信目的的写法各不相同，值得大家一一掌握。常用句型列举如下：‎ 自荐信： I am writing this letter to apply for the job/position.‎ 感谢信： I am writing to express my heartfelt gratitude to you.‎ 邀请信： I am writing to invite you to join the....(as our guest/ judge).‎ 建议信： I am writing these lines to give you a hand. ‎ 求助信： I am writing to ask you to do me a favor. ‎ 道歉信： I am writing to express my heartfelt apology to you.‎ 值得一提的是，近年来，书信命题涉及的内容日趋灵活，已经不限于上述常见的书信类型，呈现出“形式变化不多，内容丰富多样”的趋势。像09年山东卷这种一封书信里面包含多个相互联系不甚紧密的内容要点的情况越来越多，需要引起大家足够的重视，在平时训练和考场实战中学会灵活应对。‎ 中间段 书信类题目一般都会列出3到4个内容要点。在这些内容要点中，某些次要内容可以写到开头段和结尾段中，但关键的内容点必须独立成段，称为“中间段”。一篇文章中，中间段多为一到两个。‎ 中间段应按照“具体问题+具体分析”的逻辑思路，写成“要点+拓展”的结构，类似于语文议论文中的“‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ 总-分”结构。如2011年全国1卷中，“求助内容”应该写成一个独立的中间段落：先写“我在几个方面遇到困难、需要求助”（要点），再分别描述这几个困难（拓展）。再如2010年全国2卷中，三个内容要点可以全部放在中间段中，作为中间段的“拓展”部分，此时段首可以加上一个表示“要点”的主题句，如“Here is the essential information you need to know.”，不加亦可。‎ 在中间段中，“要点”部分几乎就是翻译或转述题目中的“内容要点”，难度不大——真正使考生感到困扰的是“拓展”部分！精研历年真题，我们发现，中间段的“拓展”有两种情况，一种情况是题中用中文给出具体信息，需要考生用英语表达出来（如2010年全国2卷）；另一种情况是题中不给出具体信息，需要考生自己去发挥（如2011年全国1卷）。‎ 对考生来讲，两种情况各有利弊。如果是第一种情况，题中的中文提示往往很难直接“翻译”成英语，需要考生具有“同义转述”的能力，即用自己熟悉的语言去“表达”出题目要求的内容，而绝不能不假思索地“逐字翻译”，闹出一些中式英语笑话；如果是第二种情况，难点在于通过发散思维想到“容易表达”的内容。不论是哪种情况，多个拓展句之间都要用“过渡词”相连，形成完整的信息流。‎ 中间段是文章的主体部分，中间段的质量将直接影响考生分数的高低。刚刚我们提到，根据“写信”目的的不同，可以将书信分成感谢信、建议信等多种类型；事实上，每类型的书信亦都有其相对独特的中间段写法，冲刺备考阶段，考生应精研历年真题及范文，一一掌握每种书信类型的中间段写法。‎ 结尾段 结尾段一般为各种“客套话”， 客套话包含感谢、致歉、必要的补充说明、个人愿望、期待回信等等。在交际中，合理地使用“客套话”可以体现考生的交际能力和个人修养。想写好结尾段，考生应识记一些常用的客套话写法，如：‎ 再次表达歉意：I would like to apologize to you again for doing sth.（用于道歉信）‎ 希望得到某份工作：The chance offered to me, I would dedicate all my effort and wisdom to your newspaper/ the games.（用于自荐信） ‎ 希望对方问题得到解决：Hopefully, these suggestions would be beneficial and useful for you.（用于建议信）‎ 希望对方能够施予援手：Hopefully, you would be so kind as to give me a hand at your earliest convenience.‎ 感谢对方读信：Thank you for reading my letter in such a hot summer.（用于各种书信，in such a hot summer 五个单词意义非凡，聪明的考生你懂的…）‎ 期盼对方回信：Sincerely looking forward to your early reply.‎ 在书信的结尾，还应写上Best wishes. 以及Yours truly, LiHua 等，以满足书信格式的要求。‎ 高分范文 基于上述讲解，我们给出两篇高分范文如下，希望大家认真揣摩、熟练背诵、活学活用。（由于范文使用了多个高级句型，导致字数偏多，不影响大家模仿学习。真正考试时写120字即可。若略微超出字数限制但因尽力使用复杂结构所致，原则上不予扣分。）‎ ‎【范文1:2011年全国1卷】‎ Dear Sir or Madam,‎ How are you doing? I am a Chinese student currently studying in your school for the summer courses. I have been enjoying myself here but I have got some problems with my life and study. So, I am writing to ask you to give me a hand. ‎ Here are my problems that have been disturbing me these days. Firstly, living in America for 4 years in my childhood, I am not quite used to your local pronunciation, which sometimes makes it hard for me to understand the teachers. Secondly, our science teacher recommended so many reference books for us that I find it impossible for me to digest them thoroughly. ‎ I really need your help and suggestions. I will be available this weekend. If it is convenient for you, please sent me an email to lihua@1236.com or call me at 12345678. Hopefully you would be so kind as to do me the favor. Thank you for reading my letter in such a hot summer. Looking forward 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ to your reply.‎ Best wishes.‎ Yours truly,‎ Li Hua ‎【范文2: 2010年全国2卷】‎ Dear Peter,‎ How are you doing? I heard that you would like to teach in China. The good news is our school is employing some foreign teachers now. So, I am writing to tell you about the details.‎ To begin with, you are going to teach three of the following four courses, including Spoken English, English Writing, Today Britain and Today America. Moreover, you are supposed to teach senior high school students, who have been learning English for at least 3 years. What’s more, you will complete only 12 hours’ teaching per week, which gives you a lot of spare time to do whatever you want. Besides, you will also be invited to work as an advisor in our English club and our school English paper.‎ Please drop me a line to let me know your decision as soon as possible. If there is anything else I can do for you, please let me know. I’m sure you will enjoy your work in China. ‎ Best wishes! ‎ Yours truly,‎ Li Hua 第十四讲、高考英语书面表达高分攻略之——看图记叙文的秘密 ‎2008年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试（北京卷）‎ 第四部分 书面表达 （共两节，35分） ‎ 第一节 情景作文（20分）‎ ‎ 假设你是红星中学高三一班的学生李华，为校刊英语园地写一篇题为“Our Spring Outing”的英文稿件。请根据以下四幅图的先后顺序，叙述上周你们班从准备春游到春游结束的完整过程。‎ 注意：词数不少于60,。‎ 提示词：游乐园amusement park;垃圾 bin 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ [套路]‎ 1、 主题段：一句话概括这个故事 ‎（Spring OutingGreen Action）‎ 2、 故事段:按顺序描述四幅图画【分段原则：换地儿即换段】‎ a) 过渡：时间、地点、第一第二第三 b) 要点：用两三个字能够概括的核心内容 c) 细节：时间、地点、人物、天气、道具、心情 d) 感悟：所感、所悟 “入戏”‎ 3、 总结段：我们学到了什么 ‎【套话】‎ 1、 主题段： last weekend, we had a meaningfuland entertainingeducational spring outing green actionmonitor election 2、 故事段：【常见场景套话】‎ a) 讨论 i. Last Friday, a heated discussion was held in our class on sth.doing sth.before a final decision was made that…‎ ii. Last Friday, a heated discussion was held in our class on sth.doing sth.Several opinions were shared, such as doing A, doing B and doing C before a final decision was made that…‎ b) 出发 Early in the morning, bathed in the warm sunshine,we set out to do sth, chatting and laughing all the way,feeling rather excited/delightedjoyfulpassionate…‎ ‎ c)到达 i. On arrival,we…‎ ii. As soon as we arrived,we…‎ iii. The moment we arrived at…than we started to do sth.‎ ‎ d)分工合作、过程 i. Some were doing sth.1 others were doing sth.2 still others were doing sth.3 the 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ rest were doing sth.4‎ i. Works were assigned to us, such as doing A,doing B and doing C.‎ ii. Not only did we do sth1, but we also did sth2 and did sth3‎ a) 完成工作 i. Before finishing all the work,we…‎ ii. Having finished all the work,we…‎ iii. The moment we finished our work, we…‎ iv. Before leaving,we…‎ v. 道别：say goodbye. 挥别：wave goodbye.吻别：kiss goodbye b) 细节：‎ i. ‎…,such as…‎ ii. ‎…,including…‎ iii. With+名词+地点（“有”）‎ iv. 地点词+动词+名词 On the other side of the street stood two foreigners.‎ c) 感悟：‎ i. Feeling…(confident;proud;courageous;brave;scared;comfortable;uncomfortable;tired;exhausted;delighted;joyful.)‎ ii. Tired as I waswe were, we felt our time and effort worthwhile,in that(因为)…‎ ‎ 3.总阶段：‎ ‎ From this experience, I learned that we teenagers are supposed to do sth1 instead of doing sth2. Only in this way, can our societyschoolcampusfamiliescountryplanet earth be flooded with a tsunami of harmony and happiness.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎2009年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试（北京卷）‎ 第四部分: 书面表达（共两节, 35分） Ks5u 第一节       情景作文（20分） Ks5u 假设你是红星中学高三一班的学生李华为响应绿化祖国的号召, 你班四月十二日去郊区植树。请根据一下四幅图的先后顺序, 介绍指数活动的全过程, 给某英文杂志的“绿色行动”专栏写一篇以“Green Action in Our Class”为题的英文稿件。 Ks5u 注意: 字数不少于60。 Ks5u 提示词: 郊区 suburbs Ks5u 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎2010年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试（北京卷）‎ 第四部分： 书面表达（共两节，35分）‎ 第一节 情景作文（20分）‎ ‎     假设你是红星中学高二(1)班的学生李华，利用上周末的时间帮助祖父母安排了去北戴河的旅行。 请根据以下四幅图的先后顺序，写一篇英文周记，叙述你从准备到送行的全过程。 注意：1．周记的开头已为你写好。 2．词数不少于60。  ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎                          ‎ ‎2011年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试（北京卷）‎ 第四部分：书面表达（共两节，35分）‎ 第一节 情景作文（20分）‎ 假设你是红星中学高二（1）班的学生李华。下面四幅图表述了近期发生在你们班的一个真实故事，请根据图片的先后顺序，为校刊“英语园地”写一篇短文，词数不少于60。‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎（请务必将情景作文写在答题卡指定区域内）‎ 第二节开放作文(15分)‎ ‎ 请根据下面提示，写一篇短文。词数不少于50。‎ ‎ In your spoken English class, your teacher shows you the following picture. You are asked to describe the picture and explain how you understand it.‎ ‎ ‎ 第二节 开放作文（15分）‎ 请根据下面提示，写一篇短文。词数不少于50。‎ In your spoken English class, your teacher shows you the following picture. You are asked to describe the picture and explain how you understand it.‎ ‎（请务必将开放作文写在答题卡指定区域内）‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎2012年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试（北京卷）‎ 第四部分：书面表达（共两节，35分）‎ 第一节 情景作文（20分）‎ ‎     假设你是红星中学高三（1）班的学生李华，校报英文版正在开展“续写雷锋日记”活动。请根据以下四幅图的先后顺序，将你所做的一件好事以日记形式记述下来，向校报投稿。 注意：       1.日记的开头已为你写好。       2.词数不少于60。 ‎ 看图记叙文是近年来北京卷高考英语“情景作文”部分采用的主要命题形式，在其它地区高考英语试卷上也偶有出现（如08天津）。今借此文，向大家介绍这种题型的高分奥秘。其它地区考生亦可从此文中了解高考英语记叙文写作的一些基本原则和实战技巧。‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎[范文1]‎ Last weekend, we had organized a meaningful and educational spring outing.‎ Last Friday, a heated discussion was held in our class about the Spring Outthe next day. Several opinions was shared, such as going boating,visiting the amusement park and climbing a mountain, before a final decision was made that we would climb the Miaofeng mountain.‎ Early in the moring, bathed in the warm sunshine, we set out to climb, chatting and laughing all the way, feeling rather excited.However, the moment we arrived at the top, we caught sight of litters everywhere,including cans,bottles and plastic bags. How disappointed we were! Without hesitation, we started to pick them up.‎ Half an hour later,we managed to gather all the litters together and threw into two different bins, recycling and non-recycling,in order to deal with them in different ways. Tired as we were, we felt out time and effort worthwhile,in that we made our own contribution to out mother nature!‎ From this experience, I learned that we teenagers are supposed to take our own responsibility to protect the environment. Onoy in this way, can our planet earth be flooded with a tsunami of harmony and happiness.‎ ‎2009年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试（北京卷）‎ 第一节       情景作文（20分） Ks5u 假设你是红星中学高三一班的学生李华为响应绿化祖国的号召, 你班四月十二日去郊区植树。请根据一下四幅图的先后顺序, 介绍指数活动的全过程, 给某英文杂志的“绿色行动”专栏写一篇以“Green Action in Our Class”为题的英文稿件。 Ks5u 注意: 字数不少于60。 Ks5u 提示词: 郊区 suburbs Ks5u 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎2010年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试（北京卷）‎ 第四部分： 书面表达（共两节，35分）‎ 第一节 情景作文（20分）‎ ‎     假设你是红星中学高二(1)班的学生李华，利用上周末的时间帮助祖父母安排了去北戴河的旅行。 请根据以下四幅图的先后顺序，写一篇英文周记，叙述你从准备到送行的全过程。 注意：1．周记的开头已为你写好。 2．词数不少于60。  ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎                          ‎ ‎2011年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试（北京卷）‎ 第四部分：书面表达（共两节，35分）‎ 第一节 情景作文（20分）‎ 假设你是红星中学高二（1）班的学生李华。下面四幅图表述了近期发生在你们班的一个真实故事，请根据图片的先后顺序，为校刊“英语园地”写一篇短文，词数不少于60。‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎（请务必将情景作文写在答题卡指定区域内）‎ 一、 看图记叙文命题形式 真题回顾：2011年北京卷情景作文 ‎ 假设你是红星中学高二（1）班的学生李华。下面四幅图表述了近期发生在你们班的一个真实故事，请根据图片的先后顺序，为校刊“英语园地”写一篇短文，词数不少于60。 ‎ 第二节 开放作文（15分）‎ 请根据下面提示，写一篇短文。词数不少于50。‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ You are discussing the following picture with your English friend Jim. Now you are telling him how you understand the picture and what makes you think so.‎ ‎(请务必将情景作文写在答题卡指定区域内)‎ 可以看出，看图记叙文有两部分组成，一是文字部分，用来介绍故事发生的背景；二是图画部分，一般用四幅左右的图画来介绍故事情节。题目要求考生按照图画的先后顺序进行短文的写作。‎ 一、 看图记叙文高分手段及备考策略 下面，我们逐段、逐句教给大家如何打造一篇很“牛”的看图记叙文文章！‎ 笔者认为，看图记叙文应分为三种段落，分别是“主题段”、“故事描述段”、“总结段”。各段应完成的主要写作任务如下图所示：‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ 下面我们分别讲解各段写法。‎ （一） 主题段 用英语讲故事，还是开门见山比较好！也就是一开始先把故事的主题告诉大家，然后再讲整个故事娓娓道来。‎ 首先提问大家一个问题：电影《泰坦尼克号》放映的时候，第一幕画面是“起航”还是“沉船”呢？答：既不是起航也不是沉船，而是打捞！这是为什么呢？因为整个故事的主题就是年迈的露丝同学对过去的回忆，所以故事当然要从故事的主题、而不是按照时间顺序从起航开始说起。‎ 写记叙文也是这样，大家不要一上来就从第一幅图开始叙事（那样会显得很突兀），而应该先简单提一句，下面的故事到底在讲什么：是野营，植树还是竞选班长，亦或是其它某个感人的活动或经历。这样写，有助于形成完整的行文逻辑，帮助阅卷老师快速把握你的写作意图。那么，这种开头怎样才能写出来呢？‎ 一般有两种方法，第一种方法是直接写“这是个什么故事”。如：Last Monday, we had an unforgettable spring outing.第二种方法是，先不写故事本身，而是站在一定的思想高度，先写一个“深刻的意义”，然后再在下文用这个故事来诠释这个意义。如： Love acts upon love. This is a story that taught us another lesson of this truth.‎ 第一种方法操作起来非常简单，而且有以下两个技巧可供选用。‎ 技巧1：收集并使用一些高级形容词。如unforgettable（难忘）、memorable（难忘）、amusing（有趣）、meaningful（有意义）、educational（有教育意义）等。这些形容词能够有效提高你作文中的词汇量、体现你“深厚的功底”，而且一旦背过，几乎不愁用不上——这是因为，高考英语记叙文讲的故事往往都比较难忘、比较有趣、比较有意义……‎ 技巧2：使用抽象名词带代指具体活动。如果题目让你写一个活动（如班长选举、成人仪式），而你刚好不会写这个词且题目中又没有给出，怎么办？很简单，只要用一个activity或experience代替就行了！其中activity用来搞定一切“集体活动”（如外语游园会、社区服务等），而experience用来解决一切“个人经历”（如扶老奶奶过马路、帮爷爷奶奶安排旅行等）。‎ 第二种方法操作起来看似很难，但是很容易出彩。如果想使用这种方法，那么活用一些英文谚语是很有帮助的！对于英文谚语在高考英语作文中的运用我们将另撰文介绍。‎ 有了以上两种方法，相信你一定能够给你的“大作”开个好头！‎ ‎ ‎ （二） 故事描述段 写完开头之后，我们进入文章的主体——故事描述段。题目中的图画一般是四幅，而我们的“故事描述段”一般要写两到三个。这是因为，如果一幅图写一个自然段，会显得文章段落很多，浪费版面；而如果四幅图写成一段，会看起来很“密集”、让阅卷老师不容易找到内容点。那么，应该怎么分段呢？一个最基本的原则就是：换景就换段—— 一旦场景改变，就应该换个自然段来写；如果两幅图是在一个场景下发生的，则写到一个自然段也未尝不可。总之，分段的标准就是：分段之后能够显得自然。‎ 搞定分段之后，我们来看每幅图应该怎么写。不管是否独立成段，每幅图画都是一个完整的小环节，都应该从“过渡”、“要点”、“细节”、“感受”四个角度进行打造！‎ ‎（1）所谓“过渡”，就是要运用过渡手段，将四幅图画巧妙地衔接起来，让一幅幅看似割裂的漫画，流淌成一部连贯一致的动画片！最简单的衔接手段是“时间衔接法”和“地点衔接法”，即在写每幅图（注意，是每幅图，不是每段）之前，先写一笔这幅图发生的时间或地点。如在每幅图前面分别加上以下字眼：Early in the morning,…/ Upon arrival, …/Two hours later,…/ After that,…/ After getting all the work done,…/ Late in the afternoon,…/ Before leaving,… 等等。这些时间词可以在读者大脑中形成完整的时间逻辑顺序，确保文章的连贯性。‎ ‎（2）所谓“要点”，就是一两个字可以概括的图画的中心意思。如2011年北京卷情景作文，四幅图的要点分别是“摔”、“送”、“看”、“回”。如果“要点”都没写全，就等于没有完成最基本的写作任务，文章得分将相当惨烈。笔者发现，“要点”部分是同学们都能够把握的，真正的难点在于对“细节”的挖掘和对“感受”的描写。如果说“过渡”是文章的筋脉、“要点”是文章的骨骼，则“细节”是文章的血肉、“感受”是文章的精魂。‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎（3）关于“细节”。笔者常常警告学生：“写看图记叙文的大忌是‘一句话带过一幅图画’。”所谓‘一句话带过一幅图画’，指的就是光写要点，不做细节描写。比如第一幅图画，除了写“老师摔到”这一要点，还可以写出如下细节：‎ ‎1、哪位老师 ‎2、讲课过程中 ‎3、摔下讲台 ‎4、同学们的表情与心情（也可以算作“感受”）‎ 再如第二幅图画，除了写送老师去医务室，还应写写到底是谁背着老师、都有谁去送。我们发现，四幅图画中都有一个发型比较怪异的男生出现，而第二幅中恰好就是他在背老师！可以想象这个男生很可能就是李华本人。‎ 第三幅图画，可以开动想象力，写写我们与老师交谈的主要内容。第四幅图画，可以写写老师坐着轮椅回来、以及我们的反应。‎ 有些教师对细节的挖掘到了令人惊愕的程度，如，海淀区一位教师通过对四幅图画的综合分析后发现，这位教师摔伤的应该是右脚，所以他认为如果不强调是老师的右脚受伤就应该酌情扣分！笔者认为大可不必这样较真，那些跟文章的中心思想关系不大的细节大可省略不写。‎ ‎（4）关于“感受”。笔者发现，真正的高分作文往往都是夹叙夹议的——每做一事，都要进行一些议论和抒情。在记叙文中恰当地使用“议论”，可以揭示客观事物的本质，使感性的知识上升到理性，使文章的主题更加鲜明、深刻，使读者提高对所记叙的事物的认识和理解，使文章的思想内容更有深度，意义更为突出鲜明。而如果“抒情”在记叙文中运用得好，可以渲染气氛，表达感情，增强文章的感染力。‎ 如第一、第二幅图画里可以写出我们的担心，第三幅图画里可以写我们对老师康复的盼望，第四幅图画可以写我们欣喜的心情。‎ 为了升华主题，我们还可以发挥想象力，融入以下思考：老师受伤，大夫让她静养3个月，但是老师竟然第二天就勇敢地坐着轮椅来给我们上课，这是多么伟大的老师啊…‎ 这样写作文的效果必然不同凡响，而这一切都要归功于在一定的观察力、想象力的基础上对于“细节”和“感受”的把握。‎ （一） 总结段 高手写文章，强调结尾的深化主题、卒章显志，也就是在讲完故事之后进行简单的升华。一般有两种方法，一是写写我们能够学到什么：From this experience, we learned that…；二是写写我们今后应该怎么做：As high school students, we should….至此，一篇凤头、猪肚、豹尾的优秀文章就新鲜出炉了。‎ 一、 范文 There is no doubt that it is love and responsibility that fills our life with light. What happened last week gave us another manifestation of this truth.（用抽象的意义开头，并提示下文将用一个故事诠释这个意义。）‎ Last Monday,（过渡） our English teacher Miss Li was giving a class when she slipped, （要点） fell off and hurt her right foot badly.（细节）So shocked and worried were we （感受）that, with Miss Li on my back,（细节） we immediately sent her to the school clinic. （要点）The doctor examined her carefully, saying she had to stay in hospital for at least 2 weeks. （细节）‎ After school,（过渡） the whole class went to see her,（要点） bringing some fruits and a bunch of flowers. （细节）Miss Li asked us to study hard, and we delivered our best wishes. （细节）We were happy that she would come back to us soon.（感受）‎ The next day,（过渡） we were waiting for the new English teacher（细节） when Miss Li came back! （要点）Sitting on her wheelchair,（细节） she looked so gentle and kind（感受）. Shouting and clapping, we welcomed our beloved teacher, who was so responsible to us. （细节）‎ What a memorable experience and what a great teacher! （感受）With every one of us taking our own responsibility, the society will be certainly flooded with endless harmony and happiness, ‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ which is not only possible but also inevitable. （我们该怎么做）‎ 第十五讲、看图议论文全解析 第二节开放作文(15分)‎ ‎ 请根据下面提示，写一篇短文。词数不少于50。‎ ‎ In your spoken English class, your teacher shows you the following picture. You are asked to describe the picture and explain how you understand it.‎ ‎ ‎ 第一段：描述图画（以人物为核心，以动作为主线进行动态描图）‎ 1、 In the picture, we can see 主人公 doing sth1, doing sth2 and doing sth3.‎ a) 站在，坐在，躺在…standingsittingseatedlying+地点 b) 拿着…holding…carrying…(tool)‎ c) 尝试做什么 trying his best to do sth.‎ d) 看上去…感觉…looking…feeling…(delightedjoyfulconfidentproudangryscared)‎ 2、 meanwhilehowever, 主人公2，doing sth4,is doing sth5, doing sth6.‎ 3、 What suprisesinspires moves us is that…一句话点明本图的夸张点、矛盾点、对比点。‎ ‎【如何读图？】‎ 只有一个主人公：矛盾分析型图画，找 “but”,分析原因 有两个主人公：两者对比型图画，找“对比”，分析原因。‎ 第二段：分析道理 For my perspective, the picture 两大方面：结合图画分析、结合生活分析 六个小方面：‎ 1、 做法分析 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ a) In the picture, the boy managed to do sthfailed to do sth, which led to his successfailurefaultmistakeconfusiontroubleshappiness…‎ b) In our daily life, we would rather do sth1 than do sth2.‎ c) In our daily life, we often tend to do sth.‎ 1、 结果分析 2、 原因分析 The reason is simple:…‎ 3、 象征分析(三个代表)‎ a) Stand for b) Represent c) In a symbol of +‎ 4、 反面分析 However, if we could always do sth, we would do sth.‎ 5、 举例分析(略)‎ 第三段：落实自身 In conclusion, we teenagers are supposed to do sth.we teenagers have no choice but to do sth. Only in this way can we achieve the similar success as the man in the picture. can we enjoy the similar happiness as the man in the picture.can we avoid the similar mistake as the man in the pisture.‎ In the picture, we can see a young treestanding between two strange buildings,trying his best to grow up,reaching the sunshine finally,looking rather courgeous and confident. What inspries us is that he has been bent by the environment.‎ From my perspective, this picture conveys a message that everyone of us needs a dream.in the picture,the tree refuses to give up his dream, which led to his final success. The reason is simple: his dream is so clear that he had no choice but to hold on to the last minute.actually, this reflects a widely existed image in our life. More than often than not, we would rather give up our dreams than face all the challenges. However, if we could always overcome all the difficulties, we would certainly achieve our own success.‎ In conclusion, we teenagers are supposed to set our goals and and do our utmost to fulfill our dreams. Only in this way can we taste the same joy as the tree in the picture.‎ 第二节 开放作文（15分）‎ 请根据下面提示，写一篇短文。词数不少于50。‎ In your spoken English class, your teacher shows you the following picture. You are asked to describe the picture and explain how you understand it.‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎ 纵观历年高考英语全国卷及各省(市)独立命题试卷的书面表达部分，不难发现，该部分大体可分为以下五种：‎ ‎1. 应用文(以各类书信为主)‎ ‎2. 提纲式议论文(有时只给话题，不具体给出提纲，如2006年山东卷)‎ ‎3. 看图议论文(亦称“开放作文”，要求描述图画并针对图画信息发表评论)‎ ‎4. 记叙文(包括提纲式和图画式，其中图画式即北京卷“情景作文”)‎ ‎5. 图表作文 在高考冲刺阶段，考生应结合本省(市)历年真题的命题规律和变化趋势，在全面掌握各类文章写法的基础上，针对一到两种最有可能考到的题型进行集中复习。下面，笔者将从命题形式、命题趋势、命题规律与高分手段三个方面来介绍近年来书面表达的重要题型——看图议论文。‎ 命题形式 下面以2011年北京卷书面表达第二节的开放作文为例，介绍这种题型的命题形式。‎ 请根据下面提示，写一篇短文。词数不少于50。‎ In your spoken English class, your teacher shows you the following picture. You are asked to describe the picture and explain how you understand it.‎ 从英文提示信息可以看出，这种题目要求考生至少完成两方面的写作任务：一是描述图画(describe the picture)，一个是分析道理(explain how you understand it)。也就是说，考生应该先描述图画中的情形，再对图画所反映出来的生活或学习中的某个道理进行既有开放性又有针对性的评论。此外，为体现对这一道理的深刻认识，考生还可以适当提出一些建议或倡议，将这个道理真正落实到我们的行动中(即落实自身)。‎ 命题趋势 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ 自2004年起，以图画作为提示信息的看图议论文成为北京卷历年高考英语书面表达的必考题型。除北京卷外，山东卷(2006年)、天津卷(2007年)、四川卷(2008年)、上海卷(2010年)也曾考查过这种题型。近两年，江苏、福建等地的高考试卷也相继出现了看图议论文。这种命题形式频频出现，大有取代应用文和提纲式议论文成为高考英语书面表达主流考查方式的趋势。‎ 看图议论文成为命题专家的新宠不无理由。究其原因，主要有以下三点：‎ 第一，形式新颖。以图画而非文字作为提示信息，可以避免传统提纲作文命题形式导致的考生“不会写作文，只会翻译句子”的尴尬局面；‎ 第二，考查全面。既考查了考生的描写、记叙能力(描述图画)，又考查了其议论、分析能力(分析道理)；‎ 第三，难度较高。由于对图画的理解具有开放性，这种命题形式对考生把握文章立意的能力要求较高。此外，在不给提纲的情况下，考生需要自己整理写作思路、安排文章架构，难度较高。‎ 在如今应用文和提纲作文占据多年霸主地位，作文模板、套句层出不穷的时候，2011年多省高考英语作文选用看图议论文，使考生无法像以往那样通过背诵若干模板套句蒙混过关，而需要对语言基础与思维能力进行长期积累与训练。这体现了新课标大纲精神，也反映了高考书面表达命题的重要趋势，因此考生需重视这种题型。‎ 解题方法 ‎ 尽管看图议论文具有很强的开放性，但并非无法把握。我们可以通过分析历年真题探索该题型的命题规律，找到最佳答题策略。下面，笔者分别介绍面对这种题型时，考生应如何读图、如何构思、如何写作。‎ 一、读图和确定立意 图画虽然可以千变万化，但其基本特征是相似的；图画的立意尽管层出不穷，但一定是从图画中来。所以，正确把握图画特征是写好看图议论文的第一步。‎ 任何图画的特征都可以总结为四点：人物(注：也可能出现动植物或其他事物，但都象征人物)、人物的状态或所处环境、人物的动作及结果。因此读图时，考生应思考以下四个问题：①图上画了什么主要人物？②他处于什么状态或环境下？③他做了什么事？④他所做的事造成了什么结果？‎ 根据主要人物的不同，我们主要把图画分成三种类型：矛盾型、对比型以及象征意义型。这三种图画的分析思路各不相同。‎ ‎ 第一种，矛盾型。这类图中只有一个中心人物，且该人物身上一般存在某些矛盾点。所谓矛盾点，就是能够看出有“尽管”“虽然”“但是”“竟然”等转折意义的地方，即“他要做某事，但是他竟然是那样做的”或者“他一方面这样做，但另一方面竟然那样做”。这样的矛盾点往往具有夸张性和幽默性。这类题目的分析思路在于“抓住矛盾点，分析解决之道”。‎ 矛盾型图画又分为两种，即矛盾未解决的图画和矛盾已解决的图画。因此对矛盾解决之道的分析也有两种思路：一是分析图中人物为什么没有解决矛盾；二是分析图中人物如何解决了矛盾或怎样才能解决矛盾。‎ ‎2009年北京卷(右图)的图画作文就属于矛盾未解决型。图中画了一个外国小男孩学着中国人的样子吃面条。其矛盾点在于：小男孩用的不是筷子而是叉子，而且竟然是模仿中国人拿筷子的方式拿叉子，于是吃得满头大汗、苦不堪言。显然，这个主要人物的矛盾之所以没解决，是由于他没有正确模仿中国人的吃饭方式，因此，我们可以将文章立意确定为“不可不加思考地模仿他人”或者“应选择正确的做事方法”。‎ 而2010年北京卷的图画作文(左图)则属于矛盾已解决型。图中画的是两栋形状奇怪的建筑物中间长着一棵树，这棵树并没有因为周围建筑物遮挡了阳光而停止生长，而是扭曲着枝干顽强生长，最终摆脱了周围建筑的束缚，见到了阳光。这幅图中“梦想远大”与“过程艰难”形成了一组矛盾，而矛盾的解决之道在于“坚强”或“乐观”。因此作文立意可以确定为：我们在生活和学习中要向这棵树学习，无论周围的环境如何恶劣，我们都要坚强面对，坚信有毅力和决心才能取得最后的胜利。‎ 第二种，对比型。这类题目的图画中有两个相似的人物，且两者身上存在某些“对比点”‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎。这些对比点一般都满足某种因果逻辑关系，即“正因为两者的A不同，所以两者的 B不同”或者“两者虽然A不同，但因为具有某种共同的B，所以两者的C相同”。这类图画的破解思路在于“抓住对立点，分析因果关系”，特别是要分析造成图中结果的原因。‎ ‎2008年北京卷考的就是一幅两者对比的图(右图)。图中画的是一个圆规因其可以轻松画圆而显得很是骄傲，相比而言，旁边的一支铅笔由于画线费力而显得非常狼狈、毫无自信。这幅图中的对比点有四个：圆规与铅笔、画圆与画线、轻松与费力、骄傲与狼狈。我们可以发现，四个对比点中满足因果关系的是“轻松”与“费力”(因)和“骄傲”与“狼狈”(果)。发现这对因果关系之后，立意也随之可以确定：“我们不必因为做某件事很轻松而感到骄傲，也不必因为做某件事很费力而毫无自信”或者进一步归纳为“每个人都有各自的优点，我们应该自信，但是不应该自负”。‎ 第三种，象征意义型。这种图画中没有明显的矛盾点和对比点，仅仅是用画上的事物来象征某类人或反映某种社会现象或社会问题。如果象征的是某类人或某种社会现象，任何合理的、能够自圆其说的分析与评价都可以接受；如果反映某种社会问题，考生的分析则应该着眼于这个社会问题的产生原因、危害及解决办法。这种类型的图画在分析立意时比前两种简单。‎ ‎2007年北京卷、2007年天津卷书面表达的图画都属于象征意义型。其中，2007年北京卷是用巢中的大鸟和远飞的小鸟象征家中的父母和长大离家的孩子。所有可以由孩子长大后离开父母这一现象联想到的观点，如“父母鼓励孩子独立成长”“孩子应该记得回报父母”“父母无私奉献不求孩子回报”等，都可以成为这篇作文的立意。‎ 而2007年天津卷的图片则很直白地用一群戴着眼镜的学生来反映中学生视力普遍下降的问题，要求考生分析保护视力的方法。考生只需要简单描述一下图画上的人物，然后按照提出问题、分析问题、解决问题的思路分成三段来写即可。‎ 二、谋篇布局及常用写作技巧 明确立意后，考生就可以开始着手写作了。任何应试作文的写作都应从谋篇布局开始，也就是确定文章的整体结构，思考文章分几段、各段该怎么写。笔者建议看图议论文应该写成三个段落：第一段描述图画，第二段分析道理，第三段落实自身。‎ 下面以2011年北京卷为例，讲解每段的写法。‎ 第一段：描述图画 描述图画时，考生应将图画看成动态(图画中谁在做什么)而非静态(图画中有什么)，抓住图中的中心事物，用简练的语言描述该中心事物的所作所为，如站在(坐在)哪里、穿着什么、拿着什么、在做什么或想要做什么以及感觉如何等。如果图中不止一个事物，考生可用meanwhile一词引出对第二个事物的描述。而后，考生应紧紧把握图画的核心意图，迅速指出图画中的矛盾点或对比点，用一、两个形容词简要评价这幅图画，为后文的议论做铺垫。综上所述，全段分为四个层次：‎ ‎1. 主角(中心事物)做了什么；‎ ‎2. 配角(另一个事物)做了什么；‎ ‎3. 点出图画的矛盾点或对比点；‎ 注：若为象征意义型文章，此处可省略；‎ ‎4. 简要评价图画，引出下文的议论。‎ 由于本段需要连续表达“一个人做多件事情”，考生可使用非谓语动词这一写作技巧，使行文简洁明快。‎ 第二段：分析道理 第二段首句应迅速、明确地指出图画中蕴含的立意，之后分别结合图画并联系生活实际对其立意进行深刻挖掘与分析。因此，第二段可分为三个层次：‎ ‎1. 点出立意；‎ ‎2. 结合图画简要分析；‎ ‎3. 联系实际深刻挖掘。 ‎ 由于本段需要表达某人“该做什么，不该做什么，及相应后果”，常会用到虚拟语气这一写作技巧，使语言富于变化。‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎【分析】在本段中，考生的主要困境在于不知道从什么角度入手分析和用什么语言进行分析。其实，看图议论文之所以被称为开放作文，其意义也在于此，即考生可以在一定范围内任意选择话题和分析角度，展现自己的能力。在教学过程中，笔者总结出“两个大方向、八个小方面”帮助同学们有效进行思路的拓展。其中，“两个大方向”指的是结合图画与联系实际；“八个小方面”指的是象征分析、做法分析、结果分析、原因分析、反面分析、重要性分析、危害分析和举例分析。‎ 第三段：落实自身 第三段起总结作用，而最好的总结莫过于给出具体的行动建议和呼吁。故本段分为两个层次：‎ ‎1. 行动建议；‎ ‎2. 总结呼吁。‎ 本段中，常常使用强调句、倒装句等写作技巧，使感情真挚有力。‎ 这种看图议论文虽然新颖，但仍有极强的规律性，如果了解了其中的规律，操作起来依然相当简单。希望同学们认真领会本文的讲解，反复研读文中给出的例文，相信聪明的你很快就能掌握这种题型的破解之道！‎ 第十六讲 书面表达真题解析-新课标卷 第一节：高考趋势分析及作文高分技巧 ‎【书信】申请信 建议信 邀请信 告知信 感谢信 道歉信 求助信 咨询信 ‎【高分作文三大特点】‎ ‎1、内容要简单 ‎2、结构要清晰 英语：文有定法！‎ ‎【书信文章结构】‎ 开头段：问候+自我介绍+写信背景+写信目的 中间段：具体问题+具体分析 总结段：补充说明+客套话 ‎3、语言要精彩 英语作文就考一件事儿：能不能把话说清楚！！‎ （1） 造句能力！‎ （2） 高分套话！‎ a) 自我介绍：I am LiHua, a 17-year-old boy currently studying in XXX middle school, who is crazy about YYY.‎ b) 补充说明之个人的愿望：我希望…Hopefully, sb would do sth.‎ 第二节：历年真题解析 ‎【2010新课标】‎ 假设你是育才中学学生会主席李华。你校将举办一次英语演讲比赛（speech contest），希望附近某大学的外籍教师Smith女士来做评委。请参照以下比赛通知给她写一封信。‎ 英语演讲比赛 主题：人与自然 时间：6月15日下午2：00－5：00‎ 地点：501教室 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ 参赛选手：10名学生 联系人：李华（电话44876655）‎ 注意：词数100左右。‎ Dear Ms. Smith,‎ ‎______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ With best wishes,‎ Li Hua ‎【邀请信写法】‎ 第一段：问候+自我介绍+我们有一个活动…+我邀请你来参加…‎ 第二段：介绍活动详情 第三段：希望您能来。如果您能来，请告诉我。感谢对方读信。期待回信。‎ ‎【高分范文】‎ Dear Ms Smith,‎ ‎ How are you doing? I am LiHua, a 17-year-old boy currently studying in Yucai middle school, which is not far from your university. Recently, an English speech contest will be held in our campus and a foreign judge is badly needed. So, I am writing this letter to you as an invitation.‎ ‎ I am sure this will be an outstanding contest. To begin with, the theme of the contest is human and nature, which will be not only meaningful but also entertaining. Besides, it will be in Room 501 from 2:00 to 5:00 on the afternoon of June 15th. What’s more, 10 excellent competitors will take part in the contest, giving speeches and answering some questions. Finally, if you need any further information, please call me at 44876655.‎ ‎ Hopefully, you would make it to our school. Please drop me a line or send me a text message to let me know your decision soon. Thanks for reading my letter in such a hot summer. I am sincerely looking forward to your early reply.‎ ‎ Best wishes,‎ Yours,‎ LiHua ‎【书信作文口诀】‎ 开门见山说意图（写信背景+写信目的）‎ 咨询建议123（具体问题+具体分析）‎ 不同内容可分段 感谢客气不可少（客套话）‎ 期待回信成老套 ‎【2011新课标】‎ 假定你是李华，正在一所英国学校学习暑期课程，遇到一些困难，希望得到学校辅导中心（Learning Center）的帮助。根据学校规定，你须书面预约，请按下列要点写一封信：‎ ‎1.本人简介； 2.求助内容； 3.约定时间；‎ ‎4.你的联系方式（Email:lihua@126.com;Phone:12345678）‎ 注意：1.词数100左右；2.可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；‎ ‎【求助信写法】‎ 第一段：问候+自我介绍+我最近遇到一些困难+想要得到帮助 第二段：具体的求助内容 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ 第三段：补充说明（希望得到帮助+约定时间+感谢读信+期待答复）‎ ‎【高分范文】‎ Dear Sir or Madam, ‎ ‎ How are you doing? I am LiHua, a 17-year-old boy currently attending a summer course in your school. Recently, some difficulties keep confusing me, making it hard for me to continue my study here. So, I have no choice but to turn to you for help.‎ ‎ Here are some of my main troubles. First and foremost, living in America for 6 years in my childhood, I can’t understand your local accent, which makes it challenging for me to follow the professors. Additionally, although I have been living here for over a month, I still can’t completely understand your local culture. Last but not least, the philosophy class is too difficult.‎ ‎ Hopefully, your kind and timely help would be offered to me. By the way, will you be available this Sunday afternoon? If so, please send me an email to liHua@126.com or call me at 12345678. I can meet you at the Learning Center. Thanks for reading my letter in such a hot summer. I am sincerely looking forward to your early reply.‎ ‎ Best wishes,‎ Yours,‎ LiHua 李辉 新东方在线 微信：beijinglihui 微博：小辉辉老师 句型1：A makes it + adj + for sb + to do sth.‎ A使得对sb来说做sth这件事儿变得adj.‎ 句型2：A turn to B for help A向B寻求帮助。‎ 换词：want to do = would like to do sth ‎ = desire do do sth ‎ = can’t wait to do sth ‎ = have no choice but to do sth Step1: 自己写；‎ Step2：听讲（两三遍）；‎ Step3：背范文（极熟练！！！！）；‎ ‎【2012新课标】‎ 假定你是李华，从互联网（the Internet）上得知一个国际中学生组织将在新加坡(Singapre)举办夏令营，欢迎各国学生参加。请写一封电子邮件申请参加。‎ 内容主要包括：‎ ‎1.自我介绍(包括英语能力);‎ ‎2.参加意图（介绍中国、了解其他国家）；‎ ‎3.希望获准。 ‎ 注意：‎ ‎1.词数100左右：‎ ‎2.可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯 ‎3.邮件开头和结尾已为你写好。‎ Dear Sir or Madam,‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎ ‎_____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________‎ Regards,‎ Li Hua ‎【申请信写法】‎ 第一段：问候+自我介绍（简略版）+从哪儿得知你们的活动信息/招聘信息 + 写信的目的：申请（apply for）‎ 第二段：个人优势 1 2 3 4….‎ 第三段：申请原因 第四段：我相信我是最佳人选+希望机会能够给我+感谢对方读信+期待回复。‎ ‎【高分范文】‎ Dear Sir or Madam,‎ ‎ How are you doing? I am LiHua, a 17-year-old teenager currently living in China. Recently, I learned on the Internet that an international summer camp will be held in Singapore for students from all over the world. I am greatly interested in it. So, I am writing to apply for the wonderful chance.‎ ‎ There are several reasons why I am the best choice for you. To begin with, living in America for 6 years in my childhood, I am good at English and am able to communicate freely with international friends. Besides, as the vice chairman of the student union, I get along well with all my classmates, enjoy a harmonious interpersonal relationship and am always ready to help others.‎ ‎ How I wish I would be chosen to take part in this summer camp! On the one hand, I can introduce my motherland, China, to the world. On the other hand, I can also learn more about other countries, which is not only meaningful but also entertaining.‎ ‎ Hopefully, the wonderful chance would be offered to me. I am sincerely looking forward to your reply at your earliest convenience.‎ ‎ Best wishes,‎ Yours,‎ LiHua 总结：‎ 1、 分三到四段 2、 中间段要有主题句 3、 最好每个句子都要有过渡词 4、 用从句，特别是…,which…进行升级 5、 用非谓语动词进行升级（如果一个人做了不止一件事儿，则保留一件做谓语，其他统统写成非谓语doing…）‎ 6、 尽可能不要重复/用高级词汇进行替换 7、 内容一定要简单，写自己会写的、熟悉的内容（练！！！！）‎ 新东方优能高中：李辉 ‎